]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - man/systemd.network.xml
network: do not try to set invalid value for IPv6 hop limit
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / man / systemd.network.xml
CommitLineData
514094f9 1<?xml version='1.0'?>
3a54a157 2<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
12b42c76 3 "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd">
db9ecf05 4<!-- SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1-or-later -->
eac684ef 5
d9b20454
ZJS
6<refentry id="systemd.network" conditional='ENABLE_NETWORKD'
7 xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude">
eac684ef 8
798d3a52
ZJS
9 <refentryinfo>
10 <title>systemd.network</title>
11 <productname>systemd</productname>
798d3a52
ZJS
12 </refentryinfo>
13
14 <refmeta>
15 <refentrytitle>systemd.network</refentrytitle>
16 <manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
17 </refmeta>
18
19 <refnamediv>
20 <refname>systemd.network</refname>
21 <refpurpose>Network configuration</refpurpose>
22 </refnamediv>
23
24 <refsynopsisdiv>
25 <para><filename><replaceable>network</replaceable>.network</filename></para>
26 </refsynopsisdiv>
27
28 <refsect1>
29 <title>Description</title>
30
add469f5
YW
31 <para>A plain ini-style text file that encodes network configuration for matching network
32 interfaces, used by
798d3a52 33 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
675fa6ea 34 See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.syntax</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>
d4de2b2a 35 for a general description of the syntax.</para>
798d3a52 36
bac150e9
ZJS
37 <para>The main network file must have the extension <filename>.network</filename>; other
38 extensions are ignored. Networks are applied to links whenever the links appear.</para>
39
dc0d4078
ZJS
40 <para>The <filename>.network</filename> files are read from the files located in the system network
41 directories <filename>/usr/lib/systemd/network</filename> and
42 <filename>/usr/local/lib/systemd/network</filename>, the volatile runtime network directory
43 <filename>/run/systemd/network</filename> and the local administration network directory
add469f5 44 <filename>/etc/systemd/network</filename>. All configuration files are collectively sorted and
cc9b6bdc
YW
45 processed in alphanumeric order, regardless of the directories in which they live. However, files
46 with identical filenames replace each other. It is recommended that each filename is prefixed with
2c453485
YW
47 a number smaller than <literal>70</literal> (e.g. <filename>10-eth0.network</filename>). Otherwise, the
48 default <filename>.network</filename> files or those generated by
cc9b6bdc
YW
49 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-network-generator.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
50 may take precedence over user configured files. Files in <filename>/etc/</filename> have the highest
add469f5
YW
51 priority, files in <filename>/run/</filename> take precedence over files with the same name under
52 <filename>/usr/</filename>. This can be used to override a system-supplied configuration file with
53 a local file if needed. As a special case, an empty file (file size 0) or symlink with the same
54 name pointing to <filename>/dev/null</filename> disables the configuration file entirely (it is
55 "masked").</para>
bac150e9
ZJS
56
57 <para>Along with the network file <filename>foo.network</filename>, a "drop-in" directory
58 <filename>foo.network.d/</filename> may exist. All files with the suffix
e6655fbe
YW
59 <literal>.conf</literal> from this directory will be merged in the alphanumeric order and parsed
60 after the main file itself has been parsed. This is useful to alter or add configuration settings,
61 without having to modify the main configuration file. Each drop-in file must have appropriate
62 section headers.</para>
bac150e9
ZJS
63
64 <para>In addition to <filename>/etc/systemd/network</filename>, drop-in <literal>.d</literal>
65 directories can be placed in <filename>/usr/lib/systemd/network</filename> or
66 <filename>/run/systemd/network</filename> directories. Drop-in files in
3b121157
ZJS
67 <filename>/etc/</filename> take precedence over those in <filename>/run/</filename> which in turn
68 take precedence over those in <filename>/usr/lib/</filename>. Drop-in files under any of these
b1e91af8 69 directories take precedence over the main network file wherever located.</para>
798d3a52
ZJS
70 </refsect1>
71
72 <refsect1>
73 <title>[Match] Section Options</title>
74
add469f5 75 <para>The network file contains a [Match] section, which determines if a given network file may
cc9b6bdc
YW
76 be applied to a given interface; and a [Network] section specifying how the interface should be
77 configured. The first (in alphanumeric order) of the network files that matches a given interface
78 is applied, all later files are ignored, even if they match as well.</para>
798d3a52 79
ba87a61d
YW
80 <para>Note that any network interfaces that have the <varname>ID_NET_MANAGED_BY=</varname> udev property
81 set will never be matched by any .network files – unless the property's value is the string
82 <literal>io.systemd.Network</literal> – even if the [Match] section would otherwise match. This may be
83 used to exclude specific network interfaces from <command>systemd-networkd</command>'s management, while
2a94838b 84 keeping the [Match] section generic. The <varname>ID_NET_MANAGED_BY=</varname> property thus declares
ba87a61d
YW
85 intended <emphasis>ownership</emphasis> of the device, and permits ensuring that concurrent network
86 management implementations do not compete for management of specific devices.</para>
87
add469f5
YW
88 <para>A network file is said to match a network interface if all matches specified by the [Match]
89 section are satisfied. When a network file does not contain valid settings in [Match] section, then
90 the file will match all interfaces and <command>systemd-networkd</command> warns about that. Hint:
91 to avoid the warning and to make it clear that all interfaces shall be matched, add the following:
92 <programlisting>Name=*</programlisting> The following keys are accepted:</para>
93
94 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
95 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="mac-address" />
96 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="permanent-mac-address" />
97 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="path" />
98 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="driver" />
99 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="type" />
65022cd7 100 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="kind" />
add469f5
YW
101 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="property" />
102
103 <varlistentry>
104 <term><varname>Name=</varname></term>
105 <listitem>
106 <para>A whitespace-separated list of shell-style globs matching the device name, as exposed
107 by the udev property <literal>INTERFACE</literal>, or device's alternative names. If the
108 list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted.</para>
aefdc112
AK
109
110 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
111 </listitem>
112 </varlistentry>
113
114 <varlistentry>
115 <term><varname>WLANInterfaceType=</varname></term>
116 <listitem>
117 <para>A whitespace-separated list of wireless network type. Supported values are
118 <literal>ad-hoc</literal>, <literal>station</literal>, <literal>ap</literal>,
119 <literal>ap-vlan</literal>, <literal>wds</literal>, <literal>monitor</literal>,
120 <literal>mesh-point</literal>, <literal>p2p-client</literal>, <literal>p2p-go</literal>,
121 <literal>p2p-device</literal>, <literal>ocb</literal>, and <literal>nan</literal>. If the
122 list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted. </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
123
124 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
125 </listitem>
126 </varlistentry>
127
128 <varlistentry>
129 <term><varname>SSID=</varname></term>
130 <listitem>
131 <para>A whitespace-separated list of shell-style globs matching the SSID of the currently
132 connected wireless LAN. If the list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
133
134 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
135 </listitem>
136 </varlistentry>
137
138 <varlistentry>
139 <term><varname>BSSID=</varname></term>
140 <listitem>
141 <para>A whitespace-separated list of hardware address of the currently connected wireless
142 LAN. Use full colon-, hyphen- or dot-delimited hexadecimal. See the example in
143 <varname>MACAddress=</varname>. This option may appear more than once, in which case the
144 lists are merged. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list is reset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
145
146 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
147 </listitem>
148 </varlistentry>
149
150 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="host" />
151 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="virtualization" />
152 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="kernel-command-line" />
153 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="kernel-version" />
4f80cfca 154 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="credential" />
add469f5
YW
155 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="architecture" />
156 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="firmware" />
157 </variablelist>
798d3a52
ZJS
158 </refsect1>
159
160 <refsect1>
161 <title>[Link] Section Options</title>
162
a94ed9bd 163 <para>The [Link] section accepts the following keys:</para>
798d3a52
ZJS
164
165 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
166 <varlistentry>
167 <term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term>
168 <listitem>
de25aae1 169 <para>The hardware address to set for the device.</para>
aefdc112
AK
170
171 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/>
798d3a52
ZJS
172 </listitem>
173 </varlistentry>
add469f5 174
798d3a52
ZJS
175 <varlistentry>
176 <term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
177 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
178 <para>The maximum transmission unit in bytes to set for the device. The usual suffixes K, M,
179 G, are supported and are understood to the base of 1024.</para>
180 <para>Note that if IPv6 is enabled on the interface, and the MTU is chosen below 1280 (the
181 minimum MTU for IPv6) it will automatically be increased to this value.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
182
183 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/>
798d3a52
ZJS
184 </listitem>
185 </varlistentry>
add469f5 186
99d2baa2
SS
187 <varlistentry>
188 <term><varname>ARP=</varname></term>
189 <listitem>
9b6ffef3
YW
190 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the ARP (low-level Address Resolution Protocol)
191 for this interface is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
99d2baa2
SS
192 <para> For example, disabling ARP is useful when creating multiple MACVLAN or VLAN virtual
193 interfaces atop a single lower-level physical interface, which will then only serve as a
194 link/"bridge" device aggregating traffic to the same physical link and not participate in
937e305e 195 the network otherwise. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
196
197 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
99d2baa2
SS
198 </listitem>
199 </varlistentry>
add469f5 200
e6ebebbe
SS
201 <varlistentry>
202 <term><varname>Multicast=</varname></term>
203 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
204 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the multicast flag on the device is enabled. Defaults
205 to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
206
207 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
866e6b7a
SS
208 </listitem>
209 </varlistentry>
add469f5 210
866e6b7a
SS
211 <varlistentry>
212 <term><varname>AllMulticast=</varname></term>
213 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
214 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the driver retrieves all multicast packets from the
215 network. This happens when multicast routing is enabled. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
216
217 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
937e305e
SS
218 </listitem>
219 </varlistentry>
add469f5 220
937e305e
SS
221 <varlistentry>
222 <term><varname>Promiscuous=</varname></term>
223 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
224 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, promiscuous mode of the interface is enabled. Defaults
225 to unset.</para>
226 <para>If this is set to false for the underlying link of a <literal>passthru</literal> mode
227 MACVLAN/MACVTAP, the virtual interface will be created with the <literal>nopromisc</literal>
228 flag set.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
229
230 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
e6ebebbe
SS
231 </listitem>
232 </varlistentry>
add469f5 233
a09dc546
DM
234 <varlistentry>
235 <term><varname>Unmanaged=</varname></term>
236 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
237 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, no attempts are made to bring up or
238 configure matching links, equivalent to when there are no matching network files. Defaults to
a09dc546 239 <literal>no</literal>.</para>
add469f5
YW
240 <para>This is useful for preventing later matching network files from interfering with
241 certain interfaces that are fully controlled by other applications.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
242
243 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/>
a09dc546
DM
244 </listitem>
245 </varlistentry>
add469f5 246
89fe6535
SS
247 <varlistentry>
248 <term><varname>Group=</varname></term>
249 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
250 <para>Link groups are similar to port ranges found in managed switches. When network
251 interfaces are added to a numbered group, operations on all the interfaces from that group
252 can be performed at once. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…2147483647. Defaults to
253 unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
254
255 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
89fe6535 256 </listitem>
0a9fb9ba 257 </varlistentry>
add469f5 258
c1a38904
MTL
259 <varlistentry>
260 <term><varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname></term>
261 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
262 <para>Takes a boolean or a minimum operational state and an optional maximum operational
263 state. Please see
264 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
265 for possible operational states. When <literal>yes</literal>, the network is deemed required
266 when determining whether the system is online (including when running
267 <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command>). When <literal>no</literal>, the network is
268 ignored when determining the online state. When a minimum operational state and an optional
269 maximum operational state are set, <literal>yes</literal> is implied, and this controls the
270 minimum and maximum operational state required for the network interface to be considered
271 online.</para>
272
273 <para>Defaults to <literal>yes</literal> when <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is not
274 set, or set to <literal>up</literal>, <literal>always-up</literal>, or
275 <literal>bound</literal>. Defaults to <literal>no</literal> when
276 <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set to <literal>manual</literal> or
277 <literal>down</literal>. This is forced to <literal>no</literal> when
278 <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set to <literal>always-down</literal>.</para>
279
280 <para>The network will be brought up normally (as configured by
281 <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname>), but in the event that there is no address being
282 assigned by DHCP or the cable is not plugged in, the link will simply remain offline and be
283 skipped automatically by <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command> if
284 <literal>RequiredForOnline=no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
285
286 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/>
c1a38904
MTL
287 </listitem>
288 </varlistentry>
add469f5 289
8430841b
L
290 <varlistentry>
291 <term><varname>RequiredFamilyForOnline=</varname></term>
292 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
293 <para>Takes an address family. When specified, an IP address in the given family is deemed
294 required when determining whether the link is online (including when running
553022c4
295 <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command>). Takes one of <literal>ipv4</literal>,
296 <literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>both</literal>, or <literal>any</literal>. Defaults to
297 <literal>any</literal>. Note that this option has no effect if
add469f5
YW
298 <literal>RequiredForOnline=no</literal>, or if <literal>RequiredForOnline=</literal>
299 specifies a minimum operational state below <literal>degraded</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
300
301 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
8430841b
L
302 </listitem>
303 </varlistentry>
add469f5 304
61135582
DS
305 <varlistentry>
306 <term><varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname></term>
307 <listitem>
308 <para>Specifies the policy for <command>systemd-networkd</command> managing the link
309 administrative state. Specifically, this controls how <command>systemd-networkd</command>
310 changes the network device's <literal>IFF_UP</literal> flag, which is sometimes
add469f5
YW
311 controlled by system administrators by running e.g.,
312 <command>ip link set dev eth0 up</command> or <command>ip link set dev eth0 down</command>,
313 and can also be changed with <command>networkctl up eth0</command> or
314 <command>networkctl down eth0</command>.</para>
61135582
DS
315
316 <para>Takes one of <literal>up</literal>, <literal>always-up</literal>,
317 <literal>manual</literal>, <literal>always-down</literal>, <literal>down</literal>,
add469f5
YW
318 or <literal>bound</literal>. When <literal>manual</literal>,
319 <command>systemd-networkd</command> will not change the link's admin state automatically;
320 the system administrator must bring the interface up or down manually, as desired. When
321 <literal>up</literal> (the default) or <literal>always-up</literal>, or
322 <literal>down</literal> or <literal>always-down</literal>,
323 <command>systemd-networkd</command> will set the link up or down, respectively, when the
324 interface is (re)configured. When <literal>always-up</literal> or
325 <literal>always-down</literal>, <command>systemd-networkd</command> will set the link up or
326 down, respectively, any time <command>systemd-networkd</command> detects a change in the
327 administrative state. When <varname>BindCarrier=</varname> is also set, this is automatically
328 set to <literal>bound</literal> and any other value is ignored.</para>
329
330 <para>When the policy is set to <literal>down</literal> or <literal>manual</literal>, the
331 default value of <varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname> is <literal>no</literal>. When the
332 policy is set to <literal>always-down</literal>, the value of
7c644a69
DS
333 <varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname> forced to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
334
61135582 335 <para>The administrative state is not the same as the carrier state, so using
add469f5
YW
336 <literal>always-up</literal> does not mean the link will never lose carrier. The link carrier
337 depends on both the administrative state as well as the network device's physical connection.
338 However, to avoid reconfiguration failures, when using <literal>always-up</literal>,
61135582 339 <varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> is forced to true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
340
341 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
61135582
DS
342 </listitem>
343 </varlistentry>
798d3a52
ZJS
344 </variablelist>
345 </refsect1>
346
bd29dfef 347 <xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="sr-iov" />
518cd6b5 348
798d3a52
ZJS
349 <refsect1>
350 <title>[Network] Section Options</title>
351
add469f5
YW
352 <para>The [Network] section accepts the following keys:</para>
353
354 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
355 <varlistentry>
356 <term><varname>Description=</varname></term>
357 <listitem>
358 <para>A description of the device. This is only used for presentation purposes.</para>
aefdc112
AK
359
360 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
361 </listitem>
362 </varlistentry>
363
364 <varlistentry>
365 <term><varname>DHCP=</varname></term>
366 <listitem>
367 <para>Enables DHCPv4 and/or DHCPv6 client support. Accepts <literal>yes</literal>,
368 <literal>no</literal>, <literal>ipv4</literal>, or <literal>ipv6</literal>. Defaults to
369 <literal>no</literal>.</para>
370
f217f9a8
ZJS
371 <para>Note that DHCPv6 will by default be triggered by Router Advertisements, if reception is
372 enabled, regardless of this parameter. By explicitly enabling DHCPv6 support here, the DHCPv6
373 client will be started in the mode specified by the <varname>WithoutRA=</varname> setting in the
374 [DHCPv6] section, regardless of the presence of routers on the link, or what flags the routers
375 pass. See <varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname>.</para>
add469f5
YW
376
377 <para>Furthermore, note that by default the domain name specified through DHCP is not used
378 for name resolution. See option <option>UseDomains=</option> below.</para>
379
380 <para>See the [DHCPv4] or [DHCPv6] sections below for further configuration options for the
381 DHCP client support.</para>
aefdc112
AK
382
383 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
384 </listitem>
385 </varlistentry>
386
387 <varlistentry>
388 <term><varname>DHCPServer=</varname></term>
389 <listitem>
390 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to <literal>yes</literal>, DHCPv4 server will be started.
391 Defaults to <literal>no</literal>. Further settings for the DHCP server may be set in the
392 [DHCPServer] section described below.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
393
394 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/>
add469f5
YW
395 </listitem>
396 </varlistentry>
397
398 <varlistentry>
399 <term><varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname></term>
400 <listitem>
401 <para>Enables link-local address autoconfiguration. Accepts <option>yes</option>,
402 <option>no</option>, <option>ipv4</option>, and <option>ipv6</option>. An IPv6 link-local
403 address is configured when <option>yes</option> or <option>ipv6</option>. An IPv4 link-local
404 address is configured when <option>yes</option> or <option>ipv4</option> and when DHCPv4
405 autoconfiguration has been unsuccessful for some time. (IPv4 link-local address
406 autoconfiguration will usually happen in parallel with repeated attempts to acquire a DHCPv4
407 lease).</para>
408
409 <para>Defaults to <option>no</option> when <varname>KeepMaster=</varname> or
410 <varname>Bridge=</varname> is set or when the specified
411 <varname>MACVLAN=</varname>/<varname>MACVTAP=</varname> has <varname>Mode=passthru</varname>,
412 or <option>ipv6</option> otherwise.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
413
414 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
add469f5
YW
415 </listitem>
416 </varlistentry>
417
418 <varlistentry>
419 <term><varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname></term>
420 <listitem>
f81ac115 421 <para>Specifies how IPv6 link-local address is generated. Takes one of
add469f5
YW
422 <literal>eui64</literal>, <literal>none</literal>, <literal>stable-privacy</literal> and
423 <literal>random</literal>. When unset, <literal>stable-privacy</literal> is used if
424 <varname>IPv6StableSecretAddress=</varname> is specified, and if not,
425 <literal>eui64</literal> is used. Note that if <varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname> is
426 <literal>no</literal> or <literal>ipv4</literal>, then
427 <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname> will be ignored. Also, even if
428 <varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname> is <literal>yes</literal> or <literal>ipv6</literal>,
429 setting <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=none</varname>
430 disables to configure an IPv6 link-local address.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
431
432 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
433 </listitem>
434 </varlistentry>
435
436 <varlistentry>
437 <term><varname>IPv6StableSecretAddress=</varname></term>
438 <listitem>
439 <para>Takes an IPv6 address. The specified address will be used as a stable secret for
440 generating IPv6 link-local address. If this setting is specified, and
441 <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname> is unset, then
442 <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=stable-privacy</varname> is implied.
443 If this setting is not specified, and <literal>stable-privacy</literal> is set to
444 <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname>,
445 then a stable secret address will be generated from the local machine ID and the interface
446 name.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
447
448 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
add469f5
YW
449 </listitem>
450 </varlistentry>
451
34b63c9e
AK
452 <varlistentry>
453 <term><varname>IPv4LLStartAddress=</varname></term>
454 <listitem>
d3efcd2d
YW
455 <para>Specifies the first IPv4 link-local address to try. Takes an IPv4 address for example
456 169.254.1.2, from the link-local address range: 169.254.0.0/16 except for 169.254.0.0/24 and
457 169.254.255.0/24. This setting may be useful if the device should always have the same address
458 as long as there is no address conflict. When unset, a random address will be automatically
459 selected. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
460
461 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
34b63c9e
AK
462 </listitem>
463 </varlistentry>
464
add469f5
YW
465 <varlistentry>
466 <term><varname>IPv4LLRoute=</varname></term>
467 <listitem>
468 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, sets up the route needed for non-IPv4LL hosts to
469 communicate with IPv4LL-only hosts. Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
470
471 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
472 </listitem>
473 </varlistentry>
474
475 <varlistentry>
476 <term><varname>DefaultRouteOnDevice=</varname></term>
477 <listitem>
15f330cf 478 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, sets up the IPv4 default route bound to the interface.
add469f5
YW
479 Defaults to false. This is useful when creating routes on point-to-point interfaces. This is
480 equivalent to e.g. the following,
481 <programlisting>ip route add default dev veth99</programlisting>
482 or,
483 <programlisting>[Route]
21d03e6c 484Gateway=0.0.0.0</programlisting></para>
add469f5
YW
485 <para>Currently, there are no way to specify e.g., the table for the route configured by this
486 setting. To configure the default route with such an additional property, please use the
487 following instead:
488 <programlisting>[Route]
21d03e6c 489Gateway=0.0.0.0
15f330cf
YW
490Table=1234</programlisting></para>
491 <para>If you'd like to create an IPv6 default route bound to the interface, please use the
492 following:
493 <programlisting>[Route]
494Gateway=::
21d03e6c 495Table=1234</programlisting></para>
ec07c3c8
AK
496
497 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
498 </listitem>
499 </varlistentry>
c4a05aa1 500
dd5f3175 501 <varlistentry>
add469f5 502 <term><varname>LLMNR=</varname></term>
dd5f3175 503 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
504 <para>Takes a boolean or <literal>resolve</literal>. When true, enables
505 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4795">Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution</ulink>
506 on the link. When set to <literal>resolve</literal>, only resolution is enabled, but not host
507 registration and announcement. Defaults to true. This setting is read by
508 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
dd5f3175 509 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
510
511 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
dd5f3175
SS
512 </listitem>
513 </varlistentry>
add469f5 514
dd5f3175 515 <varlistentry>
add469f5 516 <term><varname>MulticastDNS=</varname></term>
dd5f3175 517 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
518 <para>Takes a boolean or <literal>resolve</literal>. When true, enables
519 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6762">Multicast DNS</ulink> support on the link.
520 When set to <literal>resolve</literal>, only resolution is enabled, but not host or service
521 registration and announcement. Defaults to false. This setting is read by
522 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
dd5f3175 523 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
524
525 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/>
dd5f3175
SS
526 </listitem>
527 </varlistentry>
add469f5 528
dad2d78e 529 <varlistentry>
add469f5 530 <term><varname>DNSOverTLS=</varname></term>
dad2d78e 531 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
532 <para>Takes a boolean or <literal>opportunistic</literal>. When true, enables
533 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7858">DNS-over-TLS</ulink> support on the link.
534 When set to <literal>opportunistic</literal>, compatibility with non-DNS-over-TLS servers is
535 increased, by automatically turning off DNS-over-TLS servers in this case. This option
536 defines a per-interface setting for
537 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolved.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s
538 global <varname>DNSOverTLS=</varname> option. Defaults to unset, and the global setting will
539 be used. This setting is read by
540 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
dad2d78e 541 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
542
543 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
dad2d78e
SS
544 </listitem>
545 </varlistentry>
add469f5 546
93b4dab5 547 <varlistentry>
add469f5 548 <term><varname>DNSSEC=</varname></term>
93b4dab5 549 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
550 <para>Takes a boolean or <literal>allow-downgrade</literal>. When true, enables
551 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4033">DNSSEC</ulink> DNS validation support on the
552 link. When set to <literal>allow-downgrade</literal>, compatibility with non-DNSSEC capable
553 networks is increased, by automatically turning off DNSSEC in this case. This option defines
554 a per-interface setting for
555 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolved.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s
556 global <varname>DNSSEC=</varname> option. Defaults to unset, and the global setting will be
557 used. This setting is read by
558 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
559 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
560
561 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/>
add469f5
YW
562 </listitem>
563 </varlistentry>
61135582 564
add469f5
YW
565 <varlistentry>
566 <term><varname>DNSSECNegativeTrustAnchors=</varname></term>
567 <listitem>
568 <para>A space-separated list of DNSSEC negative trust anchor domains. If specified and DNSSEC
569 is enabled, look-ups done via the interface's DNS server will be subject to the list of
570 negative trust anchors, and not require authentication for the specified domains, or anything
571 below it. Use this to disable DNSSEC authentication for specific private domains, that cannot
572 be proven valid using the Internet DNS hierarchy. Defaults to the empty list. This setting is
573 read by
574 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
61135582 575 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
576
577 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/>
93b4dab5
SS
578 </listitem>
579 </varlistentry>
add469f5 580
c98d78d3 581 <varlistentry>
add469f5 582 <term><varname>LLDP=</varname></term>
c98d78d3 583 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
584 <para>Controls support for Ethernet LLDP packet reception. LLDP is a link-layer protocol
585 commonly implemented on professional routers and bridges which announces which physical port
586 a system is connected to, as well as other related data. Accepts a boolean or the special
587 value <literal>routers-only</literal>. When true, incoming LLDP packets are accepted and a
588 database of all LLDP neighbors maintained. If <literal>routers-only</literal> is set only
589 LLDP data of various types of routers is collected and LLDP data about other types of devices
590 ignored (such as stations, telephones and others). If false, LLDP reception is disabled.
591 Defaults to <literal>routers-only</literal>. Use
592 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
593 to query the collected neighbor data. LLDP is only available on Ethernet links. See
594 <varname>EmitLLDP=</varname> below for enabling LLDP packet emission from the local system.
80060352 595 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
596
597 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
c98d78d3
YW
598 </listitem>
599 </varlistentry>
798d3a52 600
add469f5
YW
601 <varlistentry>
602 <term><varname>EmitLLDP=</varname></term>
603 <listitem>
604 <para>Controls support for Ethernet LLDP packet emission. Accepts a boolean parameter or the
605 special values <literal>nearest-bridge</literal>, <literal>non-tpmr-bridge</literal> and
606 <literal>customer-bridge</literal>. Defaults to false, which turns off LLDP packet emission.
607 If not false, a short LLDP packet with information about the local system is sent out in
608 regular intervals on the link. The LLDP packet will contain information about the local
609 hostname, the local machine ID (as stored in
610 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>machine-id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>)
611 and the local interface name, as well as the pretty hostname of the system (as set in
612 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>machine-info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>).
613 LLDP emission is only available on Ethernet links. Note that this setting passes data
614 suitable for identification of host to the network and should thus not be enabled on
615 untrusted networks, where such identification data should not be made available. Use this
616 option to permit other systems to identify on which interfaces they are connected to this
617 system. The three special values control propagation of the LLDP packets. The
618 <literal>nearest-bridge</literal> setting permits propagation only to the nearest connected
619 bridge, <literal>non-tpmr-bridge</literal> permits propagation across Two-Port MAC Relays,
620 but not any other bridges, and <literal>customer-bridge</literal> permits propagation until
621 a customer bridge is reached. For details about these concepts, see
622 <ulink url="https://standards.ieee.org/findstds/standard/802.1AB-2016.html">IEEE 802.1AB-2016</ulink>.
623 Note that configuring this setting to true is equivalent to
624 <literal>nearest-bridge</literal>, the recommended and most restricted level of propagation.
625 See <varname>LLDP=</varname> above for an option to enable LLDP reception.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
626
627 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
add469f5
YW
628 </listitem>
629 </varlistentry>
798d3a52 630
add469f5
YW
631 <varlistentry>
632 <term><varname>BindCarrier=</varname></term>
633 <listitem>
634 <para>A link name or a list of link names. When set, controls the behavior of the current
635 link. When all links in the list are in an operational down state, the current link is
636 brought down. When at least one link has carrier, the current interface is brought up.</para>
798d3a52 637
add469f5
YW
638 <para>This forces <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> to be set to <literal>bound</literal>.
639 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
640
641 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/>
add469f5
YW
642 </listitem>
643 </varlistentry>
e4a71bf3 644
add469f5
YW
645 <varlistentry>
646 <term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
647 <listitem>
648 <para>A static IPv4 or IPv6 address and its prefix length, separated by a
649 <literal>/</literal> character. Specify this key more than once to configure several
650 addresses. The format of the address must be as described in
651 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
652 This is a short-hand for an [Address] section only containing an Address key (see below).
653 This option may be specified more than once.</para>
654
655 <para>If the specified address is <literal>0.0.0.0</literal> (for IPv4) or
656 <literal>::</literal> (for IPv6), a new address range of the requested size is automatically
657 allocated from a system-wide pool of unused ranges. Note that the prefix length must be equal
658 or larger than 8 for IPv4, and 64 for IPv6. The allocated range is checked against all
659 current network interfaces and all known network configuration files to avoid address range
660 conflicts. The default system-wide pool consists of 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12 and
661 10.0.0.0/8 for IPv4, and fd00::/8 for IPv6. This functionality is useful to manage a large
662 number of dynamically created network interfaces with the same network configuration and
663 automatic address range assignment.</para>
aefdc112
AK
664
665 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
666 </listitem>
667 </varlistentry>
95b74ef6 668
add469f5
YW
669 <varlistentry>
670 <term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term>
671 <listitem>
672 <para>The gateway address, which must be in the format described in
673 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
674 This is a short-hand for a [Route] section only containing a <varname>Gateway=</varname> key.
675 This option may be specified more than once.</para>
aefdc112
AK
676
677 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
678 </listitem>
679 </varlistentry>
95b74ef6 680
add469f5
YW
681 <varlistentry>
682 <term><varname>DNS=</varname></term>
683 <listitem>
684 <para>A DNS server address, which must be in the format described in
685 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
686 This option may be specified more than once. Each address can optionally take a port number
687 separated with <literal>:</literal>, a network interface name or index separated with
688 <literal>%</literal>, and a Server Name Indication (SNI) separated with <literal>#</literal>.
689 When IPv6 address is specified with a port number, then the address must be in the square
690 brackets. That is, the acceptable full formats are
691 <literal>111.222.333.444:9953%ifname#example.com</literal> for IPv4 and
692 <literal>[1111:2222::3333]:9953%ifname#example.com</literal> for IPv6. If an empty string is
693 assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared. This setting is read by
694 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
695 </para>
aefdc112
AK
696
697 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
698 </listitem>
699 </varlistentry>
bce67bbe 700
add469f5
YW
701 <varlistentry>
702 <term><varname>Domains=</varname></term>
703 <listitem>
704 <para>A whitespace-separated list of domains which should be resolved using the DNS servers
705 on this link. Each item in the list should be a domain name, optionally prefixed with a tilde
706 (<literal>~</literal>). The domains with the prefix are called "routing-only domains". The
707 domains without the prefix are called "search domains" and are first used as search suffixes
708 for extending single-label hostnames (hostnames containing no dots) to become fully qualified
709 domain names (FQDNs). If a single-label hostname is resolved on this interface, each of the
710 specified search domains are appended to it in turn, converting it into a fully qualified
711 domain name, until one of them may be successfully resolved.</para>
712
713 <para>Both "search" and "routing-only" domains are used for routing of DNS queries: look-ups
714 for hostnames ending in those domains (hence also single label names, if any "search domains"
715 are listed), are routed to the DNS servers configured for this interface. The domain routing
716 logic is particularly useful on multi-homed hosts with DNS servers serving particular private
717 DNS zones on each interface.</para>
718
719 <para>The "routing-only" domain <literal>~.</literal> (the tilde indicating definition of a
720 routing domain, the dot referring to the DNS root domain which is the implied suffix of all
721 valid DNS names) has special effect. It causes all DNS traffic which does not match another
722 configured domain routing entry to be routed to DNS servers specified for this interface.
723 This setting is useful to prefer a certain set of DNS servers if a link on which they are
724 connected is available.</para>
725
726 <para>This setting is read by
727 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
728 "Search domains" correspond to the <varname>domain</varname> and <varname>search</varname>
729 entries in
730 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
731 Domain name routing has no equivalent in the traditional glibc API, which has no concept of
732 domain name servers limited to a specific link.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
733
734 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
735 </listitem>
736 </varlistentry>
bce67bbe 737
add469f5
YW
738 <varlistentry>
739 <term><varname>DNSDefaultRoute=</varname></term>
740 <listitem>
741 <para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, this link's configured DNS servers are used for
742 resolving domain names that do not match any link's configured <varname>Domains=</varname>
743 setting. If false, this link's configured DNS servers are never used for such domains, and
744 are exclusively used for resolving names that match at least one of the domains configured on
745 this link. If not specified defaults to an automatic mode: queries not matching any link's
746 configured domains will be routed to this link if it has no routing-only domains configured.
c953b24c 747 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
748
749 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
add469f5
YW
750 </listitem>
751 </varlistentry>
752
753 <varlistentry>
754 <term><varname>NTP=</varname></term>
cea79e66 755 <listitem>
add469f5
YW
756 <para>An NTP server address (either an IP address, or a hostname). This option may be
757 specified more than once. This setting is read by
758 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-timesyncd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
759 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
760
761 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
762 </listitem>
763 </varlistentry>
798d3a52 764
add469f5
YW
765 <varlistentry>
766 <term><varname>IPForward=</varname></term>
767 <listitem>
768 <para>Configures IP packet forwarding for the system. If enabled, incoming packets on any
769 network interface will be forwarded to any other interfaces according to the routing table.
770 Takes a boolean, or the values <literal>ipv4</literal> or <literal>ipv6</literal>, which only
771 enable IP packet forwarding for the specified address family. This controls the
772 <filename>net.ipv4.ip_forward</filename> and <filename>net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding</filename>
773 sysctl options of the network interface (see
0e685823 774 <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html">IP Sysctl</ulink>
add469f5
YW
775 for details about sysctl options). Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
776
777 <para>Note: this setting controls a global kernel option, and does so one way only: if a
778 network that has this setting enabled is set up the global setting is turned on. However,
779 it is never turned off again, even after all networks with this setting enabled are shut
780 down again.</para>
781
782 <para>To allow IP packet forwarding only between specific network interfaces use a firewall.
783 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
784
785 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
add469f5
YW
786 </listitem>
787 </varlistentry>
caa8ca42 788
add469f5
YW
789 <varlistentry>
790 <term><varname>IPMasquerade=</varname></term>
791 <listitem>
792 <para>Configures IP masquerading for the network interface. If enabled, packets forwarded
793 from the network interface will be appear as coming from the local host. Takes one of
794 <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>both</literal>, or
795 <literal>no</literal>. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>. If enabled, this automatically sets
796 <varname>IPForward=</varname> to one of <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal> or
797 <literal>yes</literal>.</para>
798 <para>Note. Any positive boolean values such as <literal>yes</literal> or
799 <literal>true</literal> are now deprecated. Please use one of the values in the above.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
800
801 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
add469f5
YW
802 </listitem>
803 </varlistentry>
804
805 <varlistentry>
806 <term><varname>IPv6PrivacyExtensions=</varname></term>
807 <listitem>
808 <para>Configures use of stateless temporary addresses that change over time (see
809 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4941">RFC 4941</ulink>,
810 Privacy Extensions for Stateless Address Autoconfiguration in IPv6). Takes a boolean or the
811 special values <literal>prefer-public</literal> and <literal>kernel</literal>. When true,
812 enables the privacy extensions and prefers temporary addresses over public addresses. When
813 <literal>prefer-public</literal>, enables the privacy extensions, but prefers public
814 addresses over temporary addresses. When false, the privacy extensions remain disabled. When
932ef6ec
YW
815 <literal>kernel</literal>, the kernel's default setting will be left in place. When unspecified,
816 the value specified in the same setting in
817 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
818 which defaults to <literal>no</literal>, will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
819
820 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v222"/>
add469f5
YW
821 </listitem>
822 </varlistentry>
823
824 <varlistentry>
825 <term><varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname></term>
826 <listitem>
827 <para>Takes a boolean. Controls IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) reception support for the
828 interface. If true, RAs are accepted; if false, RAs are ignored. When RAs are accepted, they
829 may trigger the start of the DHCPv6 client if the relevant flags are set in the RA data, or
830 if no routers are found on the link. The default is to disable RA reception for bridge
831 devices or when IP forwarding is enabled, and to enable it otherwise. Cannot be enabled on
87d12211 832 devices aggregated in a bond device or when link-local addressing is disabled.</para>
add469f5
YW
833
834 <para>Further settings for the IPv6 RA support may be configured in the [IPv6AcceptRA]
835 section, see below.</para>
836
837 <para>Also see
0e685823 838 <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html">IP Sysctl</ulink>
add469f5
YW
839 in the kernel documentation regarding <literal>accept_ra</literal>, but note that systemd's
840 setting of <constant>1</constant> (i.e. true) corresponds to kernel's setting of
841 <constant>2</constant>.</para>
842
843 <para>Note that kernel's implementation of the IPv6 RA protocol is always disabled,
844 regardless of this setting. If this option is enabled, a userspace implementation of the IPv6
845 RA protocol is used, and the kernel's own implementation remains disabled, since
846 <command>systemd-networkd</command> needs to know all details supplied in the advertisements,
847 and these are not available from the kernel if the kernel's own implementation is used.
848 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
849
850 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
add469f5
YW
851 </listitem>
852 </varlistentry>
853
854 <varlistentry>
855 <term><varname>IPv6DuplicateAddressDetection=</varname></term>
856 <listitem>
857 <para>Configures the amount of IPv6 Duplicate Address Detection (DAD) probes to send. When
858 unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
859
860 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/>
add469f5
YW
861 </listitem>
862 </varlistentry>
863
864 <varlistentry>
865 <term><varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname></term>
866 <listitem>
986e1823
YW
867 <para>Configures IPv6 Hop Limit. Takes an integer in the range 1…255. For each router that
868 forwards the packet, the hop limit is decremented by 1. When the hop limit field reaches zero, the
869 packet is discarded. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
870
871 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/>
add469f5
YW
872 </listitem>
873 </varlistentry>
874
9c72e8f8
SS
875 <varlistentry>
876 <term><varname>IPv4ReversePathFilter=</varname></term>
877 <listitem>
878 <para>Configure IPv4 Reverse Path Filtering. If enabled, when an IPv4 packet is received, the machine will first check
879 whether the <emphasis>source</emphasis> of the packet would be routed through the interface it came in. If there is no
880 route to the source on that interface, the machine will drop the packet. Takes one of
881 <literal>no</literal>, <literal>strict</literal>, or <literal>loose</literal>. When <literal>no</literal>,
882 no source validation will be done. When <literal>strict</literal>, mode each incoming packet is tested against the FIB and
883 if the incoming interface is not the best reverse path, the packet check will fail. By default failed packets are discarded.
884 When <literal>loose</literal>, mode each incoming packet's source address is tested against the FIB. The packet is dropped
885 only if the source address is not reachable via any interface on that router.
886 See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1027">RFC 3704</ulink>.
887 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
888
889 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
9c72e8f8
SS
890 </listitem>
891 </varlistentry>
892
add469f5
YW
893 <varlistentry>
894 <term><varname>IPv4AcceptLocal=</varname></term>
895 <listitem>
896 <para>Takes a boolean. Accept packets with local source addresses. In combination with
897 suitable routing, this can be used to direct packets between two local interfaces over the
898 wire and have them accepted properly. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
899
900 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
901 </listitem>
902 </varlistentry>
903
904 <varlistentry>
905 <term><varname>IPv4RouteLocalnet=</varname></term>
906 <listitem>
907 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the kernel does not consider loopback addresses as martian
908 source or destination while routing. This enables the use of 127.0.0.0/8 for local routing
909 purposes. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
910
911 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
912 </listitem>
913 </varlistentry>
914
915 <varlistentry>
916 <term><varname>IPv4ProxyARP=</varname></term>
917 <listitem>
918 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures proxy ARP for IPv4. Proxy ARP is the technique in which one
919 host, usually a router, answers ARP requests intended for another machine. By "faking" its
920 identity, the router accepts responsibility for routing packets to the "real" destination.
921 See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1027">RFC 1027</ulink>. When unset, the
922 kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
923
924 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/>
add469f5
YW
925 </listitem>
926 </varlistentry>
927
928 <varlistentry>
929 <term><varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=</varname></term>
930 <listitem>
931 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures proxy NDP for IPv6. Proxy NDP (Neighbor Discovery Protocol)
932 is a technique for IPv6 to allow routing of addresses to a different destination when peers
933 expect them to be present on a certain physical link. In this case a router answers Neighbour
934 Advertisement messages intended for another machine by offering its own MAC address as
935 destination. Unlike proxy ARP for IPv4, it is not enabled globally, but will only send
936 Neighbour Advertisement messages for addresses in the IPv6 neighbor proxy table, which can
937 also be shown by <command>ip -6 neighbour show proxy</command>. systemd-networkd will control
938 the per-interface `proxy_ndp` switch for each configured interface depending on this option.
939 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
940
941 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
add469f5
YW
942 </listitem>
943 </varlistentry>
944
945 <varlistentry>
946 <term><varname>IPv6ProxyNDPAddress=</varname></term>
947 <listitem>
948 <para>An IPv6 address, for which Neighbour Advertisement messages will be proxied. This
949 option may be specified more than once. systemd-networkd will add the
950 <varname>IPv6ProxyNDPAddress=</varname> entries to the kernel's IPv6 neighbor proxy table.
951 This setting implies <varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=yes</varname> but has no effect if
952 <varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=</varname> has been set to false. When unset, the kernel's default will
953 be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
954
955 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/>
add469f5
YW
956 </listitem>
957 </varlistentry>
958
959 <varlistentry>
960 <term><varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname></term>
961 <listitem>
962 <para>Whether to enable or disable Router Advertisement sending on a link. Takes a boolean
963 value. When enabled, prefixes configured in [IPv6Prefix] sections and routes configured in
964 the [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections are distributed as defined in the [IPv6SendRA] section. If
965 <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled, then the delegated prefixes are also
966 distributed. See <varname>DCHPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting and the [IPv6SendRA],
967 [IPv6Prefix], [IPv6RoutePrefix], and [DHCPPrefixDelegation] sections for more configuration
968 options.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
969
970 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
add469f5
YW
971 </listitem>
972 </varlistentry>
973
974 <varlistentry>
975 <term><varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname></term>
976 <listitem>
d68c797c
ZJS
977 <para>Takes a boolean value. When enabled, requests subnet prefixes on another link via the DHCPv6
978 protocol or via the 6RD option in the DHCPv4 protocol. An address within each delegated prefix will
979 be assigned, and the prefixes will be announced through IPv6 Router Advertisement if
980 <varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> is enabled. This behaviour can be configured in the
981 [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section. Defaults to disabled.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
982
983 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
add469f5
YW
984 </listitem>
985 </varlistentry>
986
987 <varlistentry>
988 <term><varname>IPv6MTUBytes=</varname></term>
989 <listitem>
990 <para>Configures IPv6 maximum transmission unit (MTU). An integer greater than or equal to
991 1280 bytes. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
992
993 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
add469f5
YW
994 </listitem>
995 </varlistentry>
996
997 <varlistentry>
998 <term><varname>KeepMaster=</varname></term>
999 <listitem>
1000 <para>Takes a boolean value. When enabled, the current master interface index will not be
1001 changed, and <varname>BatmanAdvanced=</varname>, <varname>Bond=</varname>,
1002 <varname>Bridge=</varname>, and <varname>VRF=</varname> settings are ignored. This may be
1003 useful when a netdev with a master interface is created by another program, e.g.
1004 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
1005 Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1006
1007 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
add469f5
YW
1008 </listitem>
1009 </varlistentry>
1010
1011 <varlistentry>
1012 <term><varname>BatmanAdvanced=</varname></term>
1013 <term><varname>Bond=</varname></term>
1014 <term><varname>Bridge=</varname></term>
1015 <term><varname>VRF=</varname></term>
1016 <listitem>
1017 <para>The name of the B.A.T.M.A.N. Advanced, bond, bridge, or VRF interface to add the link
1018 to. See
1019 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
1020 </para>
aefdc112
AK
1021
1022 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1023 </listitem>
1024 </varlistentry>
1025
1026 <varlistentry>
1027 <term><varname>IPoIB=</varname></term>
1028 <term><varname>IPVLAN=</varname></term>
1029 <term><varname>IPVTAP=</varname></term>
add469f5
YW
1030 <term><varname>MACsec=</varname></term>
1031 <term><varname>MACVLAN=</varname></term>
1032 <term><varname>MACVTAP=</varname></term>
1033 <term><varname>Tunnel=</varname></term>
1034 <term><varname>VLAN=</varname></term>
1035 <term><varname>VXLAN=</varname></term>
1036 <term><varname>Xfrm=</varname></term>
1037 <listitem>
0c91c7a2 1038 <para>The name of an IPoIB, IPVLAN, IPVTAP, MACsec, MACVLAN, MACVTAP, tunnel, VLAN,
add469f5
YW
1039 VXLAN, or Xfrm to be created on the link. See
1040 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
1041 This option may be specified more than once.</para>
aefdc112
AK
1042
1043 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1044 </listitem>
1045 </varlistentry>
1046
1047 <varlistentry>
1048 <term><varname>ActiveSlave=</varname></term>
1049 <listitem>
1050 <para>Takes a boolean. Specifies the new active slave. The <literal>ActiveSlave=</literal>
1051 option is only valid for following modes: <literal>active-backup</literal>,
1052 <literal>balance-alb</literal>, and <literal>balance-tlb</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1053
1054 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1055 </listitem>
1056 </varlistentry>
1057
1058 <varlistentry>
1059 <term><varname>PrimarySlave=</varname></term>
1060 <listitem>
1061 <para>Takes a boolean. Specifies which slave is the primary device. The specified device will
1062 always be the active slave while it is available. Only when the primary is off-line will
1063 alternate devices be used. This is useful when one slave is preferred over another, e.g.
1064 when one slave has higher throughput than another. The <literal>PrimarySlave=</literal>
1065 option is only valid for following modes: <literal>active-backup</literal>,
1066 <literal>balance-alb</literal>, and <literal>balance-tlb</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1067
1068 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1069 </listitem>
1070 </varlistentry>
1071
1072 <varlistentry>
1073 <term><varname>ConfigureWithoutCarrier=</varname></term>
1074 <listitem>
1075 <para>Takes a boolean. Allows networkd to configure a specific link even if it has no
1076 carrier. Defaults to false. If enabled, and the <varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> setting
1077 is not explicitly set, then it is enabled as well.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1078
1079 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1080 </listitem>
1081 </varlistentry>
1082
1083 <varlistentry>
1084 <term><varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname></term>
1085 <listitem>
b7326069
YW
1086 <para>Takes a boolean or a timespan. When true, <command>systemd-networkd</command> retains
1087 both the static and dynamic configuration of the interface even if its carrier is lost. When
1088 false, <command>systemd-networkd</command> drops both the static and dynamic configuration of
1089 the interface. When a timespan is specified, <command>systemd-networkd</command> waits for
1090 the specified timespan, and ignores the carrier loss if the link regain its carrier within
1091 the timespan. Setting 0 seconds is equivalent to <literal>no</literal>, and
1092 <literal>infinite</literal> is equivalent to <literal>yes</literal>.</para>
1093
1094 <para>Setting a finite timespan may be useful when e.g. in the following cases:
1095 <itemizedlist>
1096 <listitem>
1097 <para>A wireless interface connecting to a network which has multiple access points with
1098 the same SSID.</para>
1099 </listitem>
1100 <listitem>
1101 <para>Enslaving a wireless interface to a bond interface, which may disconnect from the
1102 connected access point and causes its carrier to be lost.</para>
1103 </listitem>
1104 <listitem>
1105 <para>The driver of the interface resets when the MTU is changed.</para>
1106 </listitem>
1107 </itemizedlist>
add469f5 1108 </para>
b7326069
YW
1109
1110 <para>When <varname>Bond=</varname> is specified to a wireless interface, defaults to 3
1111 seconds. When the DHCPv4 client is enabled and <varname>UseMTU=</varname> in the [DHCPv4]
b17a681b 1112 section enabled, defaults to 5 seconds. Otherwise, defaults to the value specified with
b7326069
YW
1113 <varname>ConfigureWithoutCarrier=</varname>. When <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set
1114 to <literal>always-up</literal>, this is forced to <literal>yes</literal>, and ignored any
1115 user specified values.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1116
1117 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
add469f5
YW
1118 </listitem>
1119 </varlistentry>
1120
1121 <varlistentry>
1122 <term><varname>KeepConfiguration=</varname></term>
1123 <listitem>
1124 <para>Takes a boolean or one of <literal>static</literal>, <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal>,
1125 <literal>dhcp</literal>. When <literal>static</literal>, <command>systemd-networkd</command>
1126 will not drop static addresses and routes on starting up process. When set to
1127 <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal>, <command>systemd-networkd</command> will not drop addresses
1128 and routes on stopping the daemon. When <literal>dhcp</literal>,
1129 the addresses and routes provided by a DHCP server will never be dropped even if the DHCP
1130 lease expires. This is contrary to the DHCP specification, but may be the best choice if,
1131 e.g., the root filesystem relies on this connection. The setting <literal>dhcp</literal>
1132 implies <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal>, and <literal>yes</literal> implies
ea853de5
YW
1133 <literal>dhcp</literal> and <literal>static</literal>. Defaults to
1134 <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal> when <command>systemd-networkd</command> is running in
1135 initrd, <literal>yes</literal> when the root filesystem is a network filesystem, and
1136 <literal>no</literal> otherwise.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1137
1138 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
1139 </listitem>
1140 </varlistentry>
1141 </variablelist>
1142 </refsect1>
1143
1144 <refsect1>
1145 <title>[Address] Section Options</title>
1146
1147 <para>An [Address] section accepts the following keys. Specify several [Address] sections to
1148 configure several addresses.</para>
1149
1150 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
1151 <varlistentry>
1152 <term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
1153 <listitem>
1154 <para>As in the [Network] section. This setting is mandatory. Each [Address] section can
1155 contain one <varname>Address=</varname> setting.</para>
ec07c3c8 1156
aefdc112 1157 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1158 </listitem>
1159 </varlistentry>
1160
1161 <varlistentry>
1162 <term><varname>Peer=</varname></term>
1163 <listitem>
1164 <para>The peer address in a point-to-point connection. Accepts the same format as the
1165 <varname>Address=</varname> setting.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1166
1167 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
1168 </listitem>
1169 </varlistentry>
1170
1171 <varlistentry>
1172 <term><varname>Broadcast=</varname></term>
1173 <listitem>
1174 <para>Takes an IPv4 address or boolean value. The address must be in the format described in
1175 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
1176 If set to true, then the IPv4 broadcast address will be derived from the
1177 <varname>Address=</varname> setting. If set to false, then the broadcast address will not be
1178 set. Defaults to true, except for wireguard interfaces, where it default to false.</para>
aefdc112
AK
1179
1180 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1181 </listitem>
1182 </varlistentry>
1183
1184 <varlistentry>
1185 <term><varname>Label=</varname></term>
1186 <listitem>
1187 <para>Specifies the label for the IPv4 address. The label must be a 7-bit ASCII string with
1188 a length of 1…15 characters. Defaults to unset.</para>
aefdc112
AK
1189
1190 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1191 </listitem>
1192 </varlistentry>
1193
1194 <varlistentry>
1195 <term><varname>PreferredLifetime=</varname></term>
1196 <listitem>
1197 <para>Allows the default "preferred lifetime" of the address to be overridden. Only three
1198 settings are accepted: <literal>forever</literal>, <literal>infinity</literal>, which is the
1199 default and means that the address never expires, and <literal>0</literal>, which means that
1200 the address is considered immediately "expired" and will not be used, unless explicitly
1201 requested. A setting of <option>PreferredLifetime=0</option> is useful for addresses which
1202 are added to be used only by a specific application, which is then configured to use them
1203 explicitly.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1204
1205 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
add469f5
YW
1206 </listitem>
1207 </varlistentry>
1208
1209 <varlistentry>
1210 <term><varname>Scope=</varname></term>
1211 <listitem>
1212 <para>The scope of the address, which can be <literal>global</literal> (valid everywhere on
1213 the network, even through a gateway), <literal>link</literal> (only valid on this device,
1214 will not traverse a gateway) or <literal>host</literal> (only valid within the device itself,
1215 e.g. 127.0.0.1) or an integer in the range 0…255. Defaults to <literal>global</literal>.
ecac4878 1216 IPv4 only - IPv6 scope is automatically assigned by the kernel and cannot be set manually.
add469f5 1217 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1218
1219 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1220 </listitem>
1221 </varlistentry>
1222
1223 <varlistentry>
1224 <term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
1225 <listitem>
1226 <para>The metric of the prefix route, which is pointing to the subnet of the configured IP
1227 address, taking the configured prefix length into account. Takes an unsigned integer in the
1228 range 0…4294967295. When unset or set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. This
1229 setting will be ignored when <varname>AddPrefixRoute=</varname> is false.</para>
aefdc112
AK
1230
1231 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
1232 </listitem>
1233 </varlistentry>
1234
1235 <varlistentry>
1236 <term><varname>HomeAddress=</varname></term>
1237 <listitem>
1238 <para>Takes a boolean. Designates this address the "home address" as defined in
1239 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6275">RFC 6275</ulink>. Supported only on IPv6.
1240 Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1241
1242 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
add469f5
YW
1243 </listitem>
1244 </varlistentry>
1245
1246 <varlistentry>
1247 <term><varname>DuplicateAddressDetection=</varname></term>
1248 <listitem>
1249 <para>Takes one of <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>both</literal>,
1250 or <literal>none</literal>. When <literal>ipv4</literal>, performs IPv4 Address Conflict
1251 Detection. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5227">RFC 5227</ulink>.
1252 When <literal>ipv6</literal>, performs IPv6 Duplicate Address Detection. See
1253 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862">RFC 4862</ulink>. Defaults to
2859932b
YW
1254 <literal>ipv4</literal> for IPv4 link-local addresses, <literal>ipv6</literal> for IPv6
1255 addresses, and <literal>none</literal> otherwise.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1256
1257 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
add469f5
YW
1258 </listitem>
1259 </varlistentry>
1260
1261 <varlistentry>
1262 <term><varname>ManageTemporaryAddress=</varname></term>
1263 <listitem>
1264 <para>Takes a boolean. If true the kernel manage temporary addresses created from this one as
1265 template on behalf of Privacy Extensions
1266 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3041">RFC 3041</ulink>. For this to become active,
1267 the use_tempaddr sysctl setting has to be set to a value greater than zero. The given address
1268 needs to have a prefix length of 64. This flag allows using privacy extensions in a manually
1269 configured network, just like if stateless auto-configuration was active. Defaults to false.
1270 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1271
1272 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
add469f5
YW
1273 </listitem>
1274 </varlistentry>
1275
1276 <varlistentry>
1277 <term><varname>AddPrefixRoute=</varname></term>
1278 <listitem>
1279 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the prefix route for the address is automatically added.
1280 Defaults to true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1281
1282 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
add469f5
YW
1283 </listitem>
1284 </varlistentry>
1285
1286 <varlistentry>
1287 <term><varname>AutoJoin=</varname></term>
1288 <listitem>
1289 <para>Takes a boolean. Joining multicast group on ethernet level via
1290 <command>ip maddr</command> command would not work if we have an Ethernet switch that does
1291 IGMP snooping since the switch would not replicate multicast packets on ports that did not
1292 have IGMP reports for the multicast addresses. Linux vxlan interfaces created via
1293 <command>ip link add vxlan</command> or networkd's netdev kind vxlan have the group option
6a1d8f11
JJ
1294 that enables them to do the required join. By extending <command>ip address</command> command
1295 with option <literal>autojoin</literal> we can get similar functionality for openvswitch (OVS)
1296 vxlan interfaces as well as other tunneling mechanisms that need to receive multicast traffic.
add469f5 1297 Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1298
1299 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
add469f5
YW
1300 </listitem>
1301 </varlistentry>
4b3590c3
TM
1302
1303 <varlistentry>
1304 <term><varname>NetLabel=</varname><replaceable>label</replaceable></term>
1305 <listitem>
1306
1307 <para>This setting provides a method for integrating static and dynamic network configuration into
1308 Linux <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/netlabel/index.html">NetLabel</ulink> subsystem rules,
1309 used by <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linux_Security_Modules">Linux Security Modules
1310 (LSMs)</ulink> for network access control. The label, with suitable LSM rules, can be used to
1311 control connectivity of (for example) a service with peers in the local network. At least with
1312 SELinux, only the ingress can be controlled but not egress. The benefit of using this setting is
1313 that it may be possible to apply interface independent part of NetLabel configuration at very early
1314 stage of system boot sequence, at the time when the network interfaces are not available yet, with
1315 <citerefentry
1316 project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>netlabelctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
1317 and the per-interface configuration with <command>systemd-networkd</command> once the interfaces
1318 appear later. Currently this feature is only implemented for SELinux.</para>
1319
1320 <para>The option expects a single NetLabel label. The label must conform to lexical restrictions of
1321 LSM labels. When an interface is configured with IP addresses, the addresses and subnetwork masks
1322 will be appended to the <ulink
1323 url="https://github.com/SELinuxProject/selinux-notebook/blob/main/src/network_support.md">NetLabel
1324 Fallback Peer Labeling</ulink> rules. They will be removed when the interface is
1325 deconfigured. Failures to manage the labels will be ignored.</para>
1326
1327 <para>Warning: Once labeling is enabled for network traffic, a lot of LSM access control points in
1328 Linux networking stack go from dormant to active. Care should be taken to avoid getting into a
1329 situation where for example remote connectivity is broken, when the security policy hasn't been
1330 updated to consider LSM per-packet access controls and no rules would allow any network
1331 traffic. Also note that additional configuration with <citerefentry
1332 project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>netlabelctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
1333 is needed.</para>
1334
1335 <para>Example:
1336 <programlisting>[Address]
1337NetLabel=system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0</programlisting>
1338
1339 With the example rules applying for interface <literal>eth0</literal>, when the interface is
1340 configured with an IPv4 address of 10.0.0.123/8, <command>systemd-networkd</command> performs the
1341 equivalent of <command>netlabelctl</command> operation
1342
1343 <programlisting>netlabelctl unlbl add interface eth0 address:10.0.0.0/8 label:system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0</programlisting>
1344
1345 and the reverse operation when the IPv4 address is deconfigured. The configuration can be used with
1346 LSM rules; in case of SELinux to allow a SELinux domain to receive data from objects of SELinux
1347 <literal>peer</literal> class. For example:
1348
1349 <programlisting>type localnet_peer_t;
1350allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting>
1351
1352 The effect of the above configuration and rules (in absence of other rules as may be the case) is
1353 to only allow <literal>my_server_t</literal> (and nothing else) to receive data from local subnet
1354 10.0.0.0/8 of interface <literal>eth0</literal>.
1355 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1356
1357 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
4b3590c3
TM
1358 </listitem>
1359 </varlistentry>
fc289dd0
TM
1360
1361 <varlistentry>
1362 <term><varname>NFTSet=</varname><replaceable>source</replaceable>:<replaceable>family</replaceable>:<replaceable>table</replaceable>:<replaceable>set</replaceable></term>
1363 <listitem>
1364 <para>This setting provides a method for integrating network configuration into firewall rules with
1365 <ulink url="https://netfilter.org/projects/nftables/index.html">NFT</ulink> sets. The benefit of
1366 using the setting is that static network configuration (or dynamically obtained network addresses,
1367 see similar directives in other sections) can be used in firewall rules with the indirection of NFT
1368 set types. For example, access could be granted for hosts in the local subnetwork only. Firewall
1369 rules using IP address of an interface are also instantly updated when the network configuration
1370 changes, for example via DHCP.</para>
1371
1372 <para>This option expects a whitespace separated list of NFT set definitions. Each definition
1373 consists of a colon-separated tuple of source type (one of <literal>address</literal>,
1374 <literal>prefix</literal> or <literal>ifindex</literal>), NFT address family (one of
1375 <literal>arp</literal>, <literal>bridge</literal>, <literal>inet</literal>, <literal>ip</literal>,
1376 <literal>ip6</literal>, or <literal>netdev</literal>), table name and set name. The names of tables
1377 and sets must conform to lexical restrictions of NFT table names. The type of the element used in
1378 the NFT filter must match the type implied by the directive (<literal>address</literal>,
1379 <literal>prefix</literal> or <literal>ifindex</literal>) and address type (IPv4 or IPv6) as shown
1380 in the table below.</para>
1381
1382 <table>
1383 <title>Defined <varname>source type</varname> values</title>
1384 <tgroup cols='3'>
1385 <colspec colname='source type'/>
1386 <colspec colname='description'/>
1387 <colspec colname='NFT type name'/>
1388 <thead>
1389 <row>
1390 <entry>Source type</entry>
1391 <entry>Description</entry>
1392 <entry>Corresponding NFT type name</entry>
1393 </row>
1394 </thead>
1395
1396 <tbody>
1397 <row>
1398 <entry><literal>address</literal></entry>
1399 <entry>host IP address</entry>
1400 <entry><literal>ipv4_addr</literal> or <literal>ipv6_addr</literal></entry>
1401 </row>
1402 <row>
1403 <entry><literal>prefix</literal></entry>
1404 <entry>network prefix</entry>
1405 <entry><literal>ipv4_addr</literal> or <literal>ipv6_addr</literal>, with <literal>flags interval</literal></entry>
1406 </row>
1407 <row>
1408 <entry><literal>ifindex</literal></entry>
1409 <entry>interface index</entry>
1410 <entry><literal>iface_index</literal></entry>
1411 </row>
1412 </tbody>
1413 </tgroup>
1414 </table>
1415
1416 <para>When an interface is configured with IP addresses, the addresses, subnetwork masks or
1417 interface index will be appended to the NFT sets. The information will be removed when the
1418 interface is deconfigured. <command>systemd-networkd</command> only inserts elements to (or removes
1419 from) the sets, so the related NFT rules, tables and sets must be prepared elsewhere in
1420 advance. Failures to manage the sets will be ignored.</para>
1421
1422 <para>Example:
1423 <programlisting>[Address]
1424NFTSet=prefix:netdev:filter:eth_ipv4_prefix</programlisting>
1425 Corresponding NFT rules:
1426 <programlisting>table netdev filter {
1427 set eth_ipv4_prefix {
1428 type ipv4_addr
1429 flags interval
1430 }
1431 chain eth_ingress {
1432 type filter hook ingress device "eth0" priority filter; policy drop;
1433 ip daddr != @eth_ipv4_prefix drop
1434 accept
1435 }
1436}</programlisting>
1437 </para>
c97f268f
YW
1438
1439 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
fc289dd0
TM
1440 </listitem>
1441 </varlistentry>
add469f5
YW
1442 </variablelist>
1443 </refsect1>
1444
1445 <refsect1>
1446 <title>[Neighbor] Section Options</title>
1447
1448 <para>A [Neighbor] section accepts the following keys. The neighbor section adds a permanent,
1449 static entry to the neighbor table (IPv6) or ARP table (IPv4) for the given hardware address on the
1450 links matched for the network. Specify several [Neighbor] sections to configure several static
1451 neighbors.</para>
1452
1453 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
1454 <varlistentry>
1455 <term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
1456 <listitem>
1457 <para>The IP address of the neighbor.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1458
1459 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
add469f5
YW
1460 </listitem>
1461 </varlistentry>
1462
1463 <varlistentry>
1464 <term><varname>LinkLayerAddress=</varname></term>
1465 <listitem>
1466 <para>The link layer address (MAC address or IP address) of the neighbor.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1467
1468 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
1469 </listitem>
1470 </varlistentry>
1471 </variablelist>
1472 </refsect1>
1473
1474 <refsect1>
1475 <title>[IPv6AddressLabel] Section Options</title>
1476
1477 <para>An [IPv6AddressLabel] section accepts the following keys. Specify several [IPv6AddressLabel]
1478 sections to configure several address labels. IPv6 address labels are used for address selection.
1479 See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3484">RFC 3484</ulink>. Precedence is managed by
1480 userspace, and only the label itself is stored in the kernel.</para>
1481
1482 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
1483 <varlistentry>
1484 <term><varname>Label=</varname></term>
1485 <listitem>
1486 <para>The label for the prefix, an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. 0xffffffff is
1487 reserved. This setting is mandatory.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1488
1489 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
add469f5
YW
1490 </listitem>
1491 </varlistentry>
1492
1493 <varlistentry>
1494 <term><varname>Prefix=</varname></term>
1495 <listitem>
1496 <para>IPv6 prefix is an address with a prefix length, separated by a slash
1497 <literal>/</literal> character. This setting is mandatory. </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1498
1499 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
add469f5
YW
1500 </listitem>
1501 </varlistentry>
1502 </variablelist>
1503 </refsect1>
1504
1505 <refsect1>
1506 <title>[RoutingPolicyRule] Section Options</title>
1507
1508 <para>An [RoutingPolicyRule] section accepts the following settings. Specify several
1509 [RoutingPolicyRule] sections to configure several rules.</para>
1510
1511 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
1512 <varlistentry>
1513 <term><varname>TypeOfService=</varname></term>
1514 <listitem>
cd18d983
BF
1515 <para>
1516 This specifies the Type of Service (ToS) field of packets to match;
1517 it takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…255.
1518 The field can be used to specify precedence (the first 3 bits) and ToS (the next 3 bits).
1519 The field can be also used to specify Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) (the first 6 bits) and
1520 Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) (the last 2 bits).
1521 See <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Type_of_service">Type of Service</ulink>
1522 and <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Differentiated_services">Differentiated services</ulink>
1523 for more details.
1524 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1525
1526 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1527 </listitem>
1528 </varlistentry>
1529
1530 <varlistentry>
1531 <term><varname>From=</varname></term>
1532 <listitem>
1533 <para>Specifies the source address prefix to match. Possibly followed by a slash and the
1534 prefix length.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1535
1536 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1537 </listitem>
1538 </varlistentry>
1539
1540 <varlistentry>
1541 <term><varname>To=</varname></term>
1542 <listitem>
1543 <para>Specifies the destination address prefix to match. Possibly followed by a slash and the
1544 prefix length.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1545
1546 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1547 </listitem>
1548 </varlistentry>
1549
1550 <varlistentry>
1551 <term><varname>FirewallMark=</varname></term>
1552 <listitem>
1553 <para>Specifies the iptables firewall mark value to match (a number in the range
1554 1…4294967295). Optionally, the firewall mask (also a number between 1…4294967295) can be
1555 suffixed with a slash (<literal>/</literal>), e.g., <literal>7/255</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1556
1557 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1558 </listitem>
1559 </varlistentry>
1560
1561 <varlistentry>
1562 <term><varname>Table=</varname></term>
1563 <listitem>
195427cd 1564 <para>Specifies the routing table identifier to look up if the rule selector matches. Takes
add469f5
YW
1565 one of predefined names <literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and
1566 <literal>local</literal>, and names defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
1567 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
1568 or a number between 1 and 4294967295. Defaults to <literal>main</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1569
1570 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1571 </listitem>
1572 </varlistentry>
1573
1574 <varlistentry>
1575 <term><varname>Priority=</varname></term>
1576 <listitem>
1577 <para>Specifies the priority of this rule. <varname>Priority=</varname> is an integer in the
1578 range 0…4294967295. Higher number means lower priority, and rules get processed in order of
1579 increasing number. Defaults to unset, and the kernel will pick a value dynamically.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1580
1581 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1582 </listitem>
1583 </varlistentry>
1584
1585 <varlistentry>
1586 <term><varname>IncomingInterface=</varname></term>
1587 <listitem>
1588 <para>Specifies incoming device to match. If the interface is loopback, the rule only matches
1589 packets originating from this host.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1590
1591 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/>
add469f5
YW
1592 </listitem>
1593 </varlistentry>
1594
1595 <varlistentry>
1596 <term><varname>OutgoingInterface=</varname></term>
1597 <listitem>
1598 <para>Specifies the outgoing device to match. The outgoing interface is only available for
1599 packets originating from local sockets that are bound to a device.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1600
1601 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/>
add469f5
YW
1602 </listitem>
1603 </varlistentry>
1604
1605 <varlistentry>
1606 <term><varname>SourcePort=</varname></term>
1607 <listitem>
1608 <para>Specifies the source IP port or IP port range match in forwarding information base
1609 (FIB) rules. A port range is specified by the lower and upper port separated by a dash.
1610 Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1611
1612 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
add469f5
YW
1613 </listitem>
1614 </varlistentry>
1615
1616 <varlistentry>
1617 <term><varname>DestinationPort=</varname></term>
1618 <listitem>
1619 <para>Specifies the destination IP port or IP port range match in forwarding information base
1620 (FIB) rules. A port range is specified by the lower and upper port separated by a dash.
1621 Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1622
1623 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
add469f5
YW
1624 </listitem>
1625 </varlistentry>
1626
1627 <varlistentry>
1628 <term><varname>IPProtocol=</varname></term>
1629 <listitem>
1630 <para>Specifies the IP protocol to match in forwarding information base (FIB) rules. Takes IP
1631 protocol name such as <literal>tcp</literal>, <literal>udp</literal> or
1632 <literal>sctp</literal>, or IP protocol number such as <literal>6</literal> for
1633 <literal>tcp</literal> or <literal>17</literal> for <literal>udp</literal>. Defaults to unset.
1634 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1635
1636 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
add469f5
YW
1637 </listitem>
1638 </varlistentry>
1639
1640 <varlistentry>
1641 <term><varname>InvertRule=</varname></term>
1642 <listitem>
1643 <para>A boolean. Specifies whether the rule is to be inverted. Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1644
1645 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
add469f5
YW
1646 </listitem>
1647 </varlistentry>
1648
1649 <varlistentry>
1650 <term><varname>Family=</varname></term>
1651 <listitem>
1652 <para>Takes a special value <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, or
1653 <literal>both</literal>. By default, the address family is determined by the address
1654 specified in <varname>To=</varname> or <varname>From=</varname>. If neither
1655 <varname>To=</varname> nor <varname>From=</varname> are specified, then defaults to
1656 <literal>ipv4</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1657
1658 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
1659 </listitem>
1660 </varlistentry>
1661
1662 <varlistentry>
1663 <term><varname>User=</varname></term>
1664 <listitem>
1665 <para>Takes a username, a user ID, or a range of user IDs separated by a dash. Defaults to
1666 unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1667
1668 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
add469f5
YW
1669 </listitem>
1670 </varlistentry>
1671
1672 <varlistentry>
1673 <term><varname>SuppressPrefixLength=</varname></term>
1674 <listitem>
1675 <para>Takes a number <replaceable>N</replaceable> in the range 0…128 and rejects routing
1676 decisions that have a prefix length of <replaceable>N</replaceable> or less. Defaults to
1677 unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1678
1679 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
add469f5
YW
1680 </listitem>
1681 </varlistentry>
1682
1683 <varlistentry>
1684 <term><varname>SuppressInterfaceGroup=</varname></term>
1685 <listitem>
1686 <para>Takes an integer in the range 0…2147483647 and rejects routing decisions that have
1687 an interface with the same group id. It has the same meaning as
1688 <option>suppress_ifgroup</option> in <command>ip rule</command>. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1689
1690 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
add469f5
YW
1691 </listitem>
1692 </varlistentry>
1693
1694 <varlistentry>
1695 <term><varname>Type=</varname></term>
1696 <listitem>
1697 <para>Specifies Routing Policy Database (RPDB) rule type. Takes one of
1698 <literal>blackhole</literal>, <literal>unreachable</literal> or <literal>prohibit</literal>.
1699 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1700
1701 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
1702 </listitem>
1703 </varlistentry>
1704 </variablelist>
1705 </refsect1>
1706
1707 <refsect1>
1708 <title>[NextHop] Section Options</title>
1709
1710 <para>The [NextHop] section is used to manipulate entries in the kernel's "nexthop" tables. The
1711 [NextHop] section accepts the following settings. Specify several [NextHop] sections to configure
1712 several hops.</para>
1713
1714 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
1715 <varlistentry>
1716 <term><varname>Id=</varname></term>
1717 <listitem>
1718 <para>The id of the next hop. Takes an integer in the range 1…4294967295. If unspecified,
1719 then automatically chosen by kernel.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1720
1721 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
1722 </listitem>
1723 </varlistentry>
1724
1725 <varlistentry>
1726 <term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term>
1727 <listitem>
1728 <para>As in the [Network] section.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1729
1730 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
1731 </listitem>
1732 </varlistentry>
1733
1734 <varlistentry>
1735 <term><varname>Family=</varname></term>
1736 <listitem>
1737 <para>Takes one of the special values <literal>ipv4</literal> or <literal>ipv6</literal>.
1738 By default, the family is determined by the address specified in
1739 <varname>Gateway=</varname>. If <varname>Gateway=</varname> is not specified, then defaults
1740 to <literal>ipv4</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1741
1742 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
1743 </listitem>
1744 </varlistentry>
1745
1746 <varlistentry>
1747 <term><varname>OnLink=</varname></term>
1748 <listitem>
1749 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the kernel does not have to check if the gateway is
1750 reachable directly by the current machine (i.e., attached to the local network), so that we
1751 can insert the nexthop in the kernel table without it being complained about. Defaults to
1752 <literal>no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1753
1754 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
1755 </listitem>
1756 </varlistentry>
1757
1758 <varlistentry>
1759 <term><varname>Blackhole=</varname></term>
1760 <listitem>
1761 <para>Takes a boolean. If enabled, packets to the corresponding routes are discarded
1762 silently, and <varname>Gateway=</varname> cannot be specified. Defaults to
1763 <literal>no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1764
1765 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
1766 </listitem>
1767 </varlistentry>
1768
1769 <varlistentry>
1770 <term><varname>Group=</varname></term>
1771 <listitem>
1772 <para>Takes a whitespace separated list of nexthop IDs. Each ID must be in the range
1773 1…4294967295. Optionally, each nexthop ID can take a weight after a colon
1774 (<literal><replaceable>id</replaceable><optional>:<replaceable>weight</replaceable></optional></literal>).
1775 The weight must be in the range 1…255. If the weight is not specified, then it is assumed
1776 that the weight is 1. This setting cannot be specified with <varname>Gateway=</varname>,
1777 <varname>Family=</varname>, <varname>Blackhole=</varname>. This setting can be specified
1778 multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are
1779 cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1780
1781 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
add469f5
YW
1782 </listitem>
1783 </varlistentry>
1784 </variablelist>
1785 </refsect1>
1786
1787 <refsect1>
1788 <title>[Route] Section Options</title>
1789
1790 <para>The [Route] section accepts the following settings. Specify several [Route] sections to
1791 configure several routes.</para>
1792
1793 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
1794 <varlistentry>
1795 <term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term>
1796 <listitem>
1797 <para>Takes the gateway address or the special values <literal>_dhcp4</literal> and
1798 <literal>_ipv6ra</literal>. If <literal>_dhcp4</literal> or <literal>_ipv6ra</literal> is
1799 set, then the gateway address provided by DHCPv4 or IPv6 RA is used.</para>
ec07c3c8 1800
aefdc112 1801 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1802 </listitem>
1803 </varlistentry>
1804
1805 <varlistentry>
1806 <term><varname>GatewayOnLink=</varname></term>
1807 <listitem>
1808 <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the kernel does not have to check if the gateway is
1809 reachable directly by the current machine (i.e., attached to the local network), so that we
1810 can insert the route in the kernel table without it being complained about. Defaults to
1811 <literal>no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8 1812
aefdc112 1813 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
add469f5
YW
1814 </listitem>
1815 </varlistentry>
1816
1817 <varlistentry>
1818 <term><varname>Destination=</varname></term>
1819 <listitem>
1820 <para>The destination prefix of the route. Possibly followed by a slash and the prefix
1821 length. If omitted, a full-length host route is assumed.</para>
aefdc112
AK
1822
1823 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
1824 </listitem>
1825 </varlistentry>
1826
1827 <varlistentry>
1828 <term><varname>Source=</varname></term>
1829 <listitem>
1830 <para>The source prefix of the route. Possibly followed by a slash and the prefix length. If
1831 omitted, a full-length host route is assumed.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1832
1833 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/>
add469f5
YW
1834 </listitem>
1835 </varlistentry>
1836
1837 <varlistentry>
1838 <term><varname>Metric=</varname></term>
1839 <listitem>
1840 <para>The metric of the route. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295. Defaults
1841 to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1842
1843 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
1844 </listitem>
1845 </varlistentry>
1846
1847 <varlistentry>
1848 <term><varname>IPv6Preference=</varname></term>
1849 <listitem>
1850 <para>Specifies the route preference as defined in
1851 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4191">RFC 4191</ulink> for Router Discovery
1852 messages. Which can be one of <literal>low</literal> the route has a lowest priority,
1853 <literal>medium</literal> the route has a default priority or <literal>high</literal> the
1854 route has a highest priority.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1855
1856 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
add469f5
YW
1857 </listitem>
1858 </varlistentry>
1859
1860 <varlistentry>
1861 <term><varname>Scope=</varname></term>
1862 <listitem>
1863 <para>The scope of the IPv4 route, which can be <literal>global</literal>,
1864 <literal>site</literal>, <literal>link</literal>, <literal>host</literal>, or
1865 <literal>nowhere</literal>:</para>
1866 <itemizedlist>
1867 <listitem>
1868 <para><literal>global</literal> means the route can reach hosts more than one hop away.
1869 </para>
1870 </listitem>
1871
1872 <listitem>
1873 <para><literal>site</literal> means an interior route in the local autonomous system.
1874 </para>
1875 </listitem>
1876
1877 <listitem>
1878 <para><literal>link</literal> means the route can only reach hosts on the local network
1879 (one hop away).</para>
1880 </listitem>
1881
1882 <listitem>
1883 <para><literal>host</literal> means the route will not leave the local machine (used for
1884 internal addresses like 127.0.0.1).</para>
1885 </listitem>
1886
1887 <listitem>
1888 <para><literal>nowhere</literal> means the destination doesn't exist.</para>
1889 </listitem>
1890 </itemizedlist>
1891
1892 <para>For IPv4 route, defaults to <literal>host</literal> if <varname>Type=</varname> is
1893 <literal>local</literal> or <literal>nat</literal>, and <literal>link</literal> if
902bbdc4 1894 <varname>Type=</varname> is <literal>broadcast</literal>, <literal>multicast</literal>,
6a1d8f11 1895 <literal>anycast</literal>, or <literal>unicast</literal>. In other cases,
902bbdc4 1896 defaults to <literal>global</literal>. The value is not used for IPv6.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1897
1898 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
add469f5
YW
1899 </listitem>
1900 </varlistentry>
1901
1902 <varlistentry>
1903 <term><varname>PreferredSource=</varname></term>
1904 <listitem>
1905 <para>The preferred source address of the route. The address must be in the format described
1906 in
1907 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
1908 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1909
1910 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/>
add469f5
YW
1911 </listitem>
1912 </varlistentry>
1913
1914 <varlistentry>
1915 <term><varname>Table=</varname></term>
1916 <listitem>
1917 <para>The table identifier for the route. Takes one of predefined names
1918 <literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and <literal>local</literal>, and names
1919 defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
1920 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
1921 or a number between 1 and 4294967295. The table can be retrieved using
1922 <command>ip route show table <replaceable>num</replaceable></command>. If unset and
1923 <varname>Type=</varname> is <literal>local</literal>, <literal>broadcast</literal>,
1924 <literal>anycast</literal>, or <literal>nat</literal>, then <literal>local</literal> is used.
1925 In other cases, defaults to <literal>main</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8 1926
aefdc112 1927 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
add469f5
YW
1928 </listitem>
1929 </varlistentry>
1930
88c06423
SS
1931 <varlistentry>
1932 <term><varname>HopLimit=</varname></term>
1933 <listitem>
08801318
YW
1934 <para>Configures per route hop limit. Takes an integer in the range 1…255. See also
1935 <varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1936
1937 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
88c06423
SS
1938 </listitem>
1939 </varlistentry>
1940
add469f5
YW
1941 <varlistentry>
1942 <term><varname>Protocol=</varname></term>
1943 <listitem>
1944 <para>The protocol identifier for the route. Takes a number between 0 and 255 or the special
1945 values <literal>kernel</literal>, <literal>boot</literal>, <literal>static</literal>,
1946 <literal>ra</literal> and <literal>dhcp</literal>. Defaults to <literal>static</literal>.
1947 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1948
1949 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
add469f5
YW
1950 </listitem>
1951 </varlistentry>
1952
1953 <varlistentry>
1954 <term><varname>Type=</varname></term>
1955 <listitem>
1956 <para>Specifies the type for the route. Takes one of <literal>unicast</literal>,
1957 <literal>local</literal>, <literal>broadcast</literal>, <literal>anycast</literal>,
1958 <literal>multicast</literal>, <literal>blackhole</literal>, <literal>unreachable</literal>,
1959 <literal>prohibit</literal>, <literal>throw</literal>, <literal>nat</literal>, and
1960 <literal>xresolve</literal>. If <literal>unicast</literal>, a regular route is defined, i.e.
1961 a route indicating the path to take to a destination network address. If
1962 <literal>blackhole</literal>, packets to the defined route are discarded silently. If
1963 <literal>unreachable</literal>, packets to the defined route are discarded and the ICMP
1964 message "Host Unreachable" is generated. If <literal>prohibit</literal>, packets to the
1965 defined route are discarded and the ICMP message "Communication Administratively Prohibited"
1966 is generated. If <literal>throw</literal>, route lookup in the current routing table will
1967 fail and the route selection process will return to Routing Policy Database (RPDB). Defaults
1968 to <literal>unicast</literal>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
1969
1970 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
1971 </listitem>
1972 </varlistentry>
1973
1974 <varlistentry>
1975 <term><varname>InitialCongestionWindow=</varname></term>
1976 <listitem>
1977 <para>The TCP initial congestion window is used during the start of a TCP connection.
1978 During the start of a TCP session, when a client requests a resource, the server's initial
1979 congestion window determines how many packets will be sent during the initial burst of data
1980 without waiting for acknowledgement. Takes a number between 1 and 1023. Note that 100 is
1981 considered an extremely large value for this option. When unset, the kernel's default
1982 (typically 10) will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1983
1984 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/>
add469f5
YW
1985 </listitem>
1986 </varlistentry>
1987
1988 <varlistentry>
1989 <term><varname>InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow=</varname></term>
1990 <listitem>
1991 <para>The TCP initial advertised receive window is the amount of receive data (in bytes)
1992 that can initially be buffered at one time on a connection. The sending host can send only
1993 that amount of data before waiting for an acknowledgment and window update from the
1994 receiving host. Takes a number between 1 and 1023. Note that 100 is considered an extremely
1995 large value for this option. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
1996
1997 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/>
add469f5
YW
1998 </listitem>
1999 </varlistentry>
2000
2001 <varlistentry>
2002 <term><varname>QuickAck=</varname></term>
2003 <listitem>
f95fb199
YW
2004 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode for the route is enabled. When unset,
2005 the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2006
2007 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/>
add469f5
YW
2008 </listitem>
2009 </varlistentry>
2010
2011 <varlistentry>
2012 <term><varname>FastOpenNoCookie=</varname></term>
2013 <listitem>
2014 <para>Takes a boolean. When true enables TCP fastopen without a cookie on a per-route basis.
2015 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2016
2017 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
2018 </listitem>
2019 </varlistentry>
2020
2021 <varlistentry>
2022 <term><varname>TTLPropagate=</varname></term>
2023 <listitem>
2024 <para>Takes a boolean. When true enables TTL propagation at Label Switched Path (LSP) egress.
2025 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2026
2027 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
2028 </listitem>
2029 </varlistentry>
2030
2031 <varlistentry>
2032 <term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
2033 <listitem>
2034 <para>The maximum transmission unit in bytes to set for the route. The usual suffixes K, M,
2035 G, are supported and are understood to the base of 1024.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2036
2037 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
add469f5
YW
2038 </listitem>
2039 </varlistentry>
2040
2041 <varlistentry>
2042 <term><varname>TCPAdvertisedMaximumSegmentSize=</varname></term>
2043 <listitem>
2044 <para>Specifies the Path MSS (in bytes) hints given on TCP layer. The usual suffixes K, M, G,
2045 are supported and are understood to the base of 1024. An unsigned integer in the range
2046 1…4294967294. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2047
2048 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
2049 </listitem>
2050 </varlistentry>
2051
dc7c21f0
YW
2052 <varlistentry>
2053 <term><varname>TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm=</varname></term>
2054 <listitem>
2055 <para>Specifies the TCP congestion control algorithm for the route. Takes a name of the algorithm,
2056 e.g. <literal>bbr</literal>, <literal>dctcp</literal>, or <literal>vegas</literal>. When unset,
2057 the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2058
2059 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
dc7c21f0
YW
2060 </listitem>
2061 </varlistentry>
2062
1412d4a4 2063 <varlistentry>
9475e23c 2064 <term><varname>TCPRetransmissionTimeoutSec=</varname></term>
1412d4a4 2065 <listitem>
9475e23c
YW
2066 <para>Specifies the TCP Retransmission Timeout (RTO) for the route. Takes time values in seconds.
2067 This value specifies the timeout of an alive TCP connection, when retransmissions remain
2068 unacknowledged. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2069
2070 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
1412d4a4
SS
2071 </listitem>
2072 </varlistentry>
2073
add469f5
YW
2074 <varlistentry>
2075 <term><varname>MultiPathRoute=<replaceable>address</replaceable>[@<replaceable>name</replaceable>] [<replaceable>weight</replaceable>]</varname></term>
2076 <listitem>
2077 <para>Configures multipath route. Multipath routing is the technique of using multiple
2078 alternative paths through a network. Takes gateway address. Optionally, takes a network
2079 interface name or index separated with <literal>@</literal>, and a weight in 1..256 for this
2080 multipath route separated with whitespace. This setting can be specified multiple times. If
2081 an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2082
2083 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
add469f5
YW
2084 </listitem>
2085 </varlistentry>
2086
2087 <varlistentry>
2088 <term><varname>NextHop=</varname></term>
2089 <listitem>
2090 <para>Specifies the nexthop id. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967295. If set,
2091 the corresponding [NextHop] section must be configured. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2092
2093 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
2094 </listitem>
2095 </varlistentry>
2096 </variablelist>
2097 </refsect1>
2098
2099 <refsect1>
2100 <title>[DHCPv4] Section Options</title>
2101
2102 <para>The [DHCPv4] section configures the DHCPv4 client, if it is enabled with the
2103 <varname>DHCP=</varname> setting described above:</para>
2104
2105 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
2106
2107 <!-- DHCP packet contents -->
2108
b93bf1bf
YW
2109 <varlistentry>
2110 <term><varname>RequestAddress=</varname></term>
2111 <listitem>
2112 <para>Takes an IPv4 address. When specified, the Requested IP Address option (option code 50) is
2113 added with it to the initial DHCPDISCOVER message sent by the DHCP client. Defaults to unset, and
2114 an already assigned dynamic address to the interface is automatically picked.</para>
2115
2116 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
2117 </listitem>
2118 </varlistentry>
2119
add469f5
YW
2120 <varlistentry>
2121 <term><varname>SendHostname=</varname></term>
2122 <listitem>
2123 <para>When true (the default), the machine's hostname (or the value specified with
2124 <varname>Hostname=</varname>, described below) will be sent to the DHCP server. Note that the
2125 hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case characters and no spaces or dots, and be
2126 formatted as a valid DNS domain name. Otherwise, the hostname is not sent even if this option
2127 is true.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2128
2129 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/>
add469f5
YW
2130 </listitem>
2131 </varlistentry>
2132
2133 <varlistentry>
2134 <term><varname>Hostname=</varname></term>
2135 <listitem>
2136 <para>Use this value for the hostname which is sent to the DHCP server, instead of machine's
2137 hostname. Note that the specified hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case
2138 characters and no spaces or dots, and be formatted as a valid DNS domain name.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2139
2140 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
add469f5
YW
2141 </listitem>
2142 </varlistentry>
2143
2144 <varlistentry>
2145 <term><varname>MUDURL=</varname></term>
2146 <listitem>
2147 <para>When configured, the specified Manufacturer Usage Description (MUD) URL will be sent
2148 to the DHCPv4 server. Takes a URL of length up to 255 characters. A superficial verification
2149 that the string is a valid URL will be performed. DHCPv4 clients are intended to have at most
2150 one MUD URL associated with them. See
2151 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8520">RFC 8520</ulink>.</para>
2152
2153 <para>MUD is an embedded software standard defined by the IETF that allows IoT device makers
2154 to advertise device specifications, including the intended communication patterns for their
2155 device when it connects to the network. The network can then use this to author a
2156 context-specific access policy, so the device functions only within those parameters.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2157
2158 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2159 </listitem>
2160 </varlistentry>
2161
2162 <varlistentry>
2163 <term><varname>ClientIdentifier=</varname></term>
2164 <listitem>
d8f19e03
YW
2165 <para>The DHCPv4 client identifier to use. Takes one of <option>mac</option> or
2166 <option>duid</option>. If set to <option>mac</option>, the MAC address of the link is used. If set
2167 to <option>duid</option>, an RFC4361-compliant Client ID, which is the combination of IAID and
2168 DUID, is used. IAID can be configured by <varname>IAID=</varname>. DUID can be configured by
2169 <varname>DUIDType=</varname> and <varname>DUIDRawData=</varname>. Defaults to
2170 <option>duid</option>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2171
2172 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/>
add469f5
YW
2173 </listitem>
2174 </varlistentry>
2175
2176 <varlistentry>
2177 <term><varname>VendorClassIdentifier=</varname></term>
2178 <listitem>
2179 <para>The vendor class identifier used to identify vendor type and configuration.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2180
2181 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
2182 </listitem>
2183 </varlistentry>
2184
2185 <varlistentry>
2186 <term><varname>UserClass=</varname></term>
2187 <listitem>
2188 <para>A DHCPv4 client can use UserClass option to identify the type or category of user or
2189 applications it represents. The information contained in this option is a string that
2190 represents the user class of which the client is a member. Each class sets an identifying
2191 string of information to be used by the DHCP service to classify clients. Takes a
2192 whitespace-separated list of strings.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2193
2194 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
add469f5
YW
2195 </listitem>
2196 </varlistentry>
2197
2198 <varlistentry>
2199 <term><varname>DUIDType=</varname></term>
2200 <listitem>
2201 <para>Override the global <varname>DUIDType=</varname> setting for this network. See
2202 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
2203 for a description of possible values.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2204
2205 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
add469f5
YW
2206 </listitem>
2207 </varlistentry>
2208
2209 <varlistentry>
2210 <term><varname>DUIDRawData=</varname></term>
2211 <listitem>
2212 <para>Override the global <varname>DUIDRawData=</varname> setting for this network. See
2213 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
2214 for a description of possible values.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2215
2216 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
add469f5
YW
2217 </listitem>
2218 </varlistentry>
2219
2220 <varlistentry>
2221 <term><varname>IAID=</varname></term>
2222 <listitem>
2223 <para>The DHCP Identity Association Identifier (IAID) for the interface, a 32-bit unsigned
2224 integer.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2225
2226 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
add469f5
YW
2227 </listitem>
2228 </varlistentry>
2229
808b65a0
RP
2230 <varlistentry>
2231 <term><varname>RapidCommit=</varname></term>
2232 <listitem>
2233 <para>Takes a boolean. The DHCPv4 client can obtain configuration parameters from a DHCPv4 server
2234 through a rapid two-message exchange (discover and ack). When the rapid commit option is set by
2235 both the DHCPv4 client and the DHCPv4 server, the two-message exchange is used. Otherwise, the
2236 four-message exchange (discover, offer, request, and ack) is used. The two-message exchange
2237 provides faster client configuration. See
2238 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4039">RFC 4039</ulink> for details.
2239 Defaults to true.</para>
2240
2241 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
2242 </listitem>
2243 </varlistentry>
2244
add469f5
YW
2245 <varlistentry>
2246 <term><varname>Anonymize=</varname></term>
2247 <listitem>
2248 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the options sent to the DHCP server will follow the
2249 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7844">RFC 7844</ulink> (Anonymity Profiles for
2250 DHCP Clients) to minimize disclosure of identifying information. Defaults to false.</para>
2251
2252 <para>This option should only be set to true when <varname>MACAddressPolicy=</varname> is set
2253 to <option>random</option> (see
2254 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.link</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>).
2255 </para>
2256
fcf17d69
YW
2257 <para>When true,
2258 <varname>ClientIdentifier=mac</varname>,
2259 <varname>SendHostname=no</varname>,
2260 <varname>Use6RD=no</varname>,
2261 <varname>UseCaptivePortal=no</varname>,
2262 <varname>UseMTU=no</varname>,
2263 <varname>UseNTP=no</varname>,
2264 <varname>UseSIP=no</varname>, and
2265 <varname>UseTimezone=no</varname>
2266 are implied and these settings in the .network file are silently ignored. Also,
2267 <varname>Hostname=</varname>,
2268 <varname>MUDURL=</varname>,
b93bf1bf 2269 <varname>RequestAddress</varname>,
fcf17d69
YW
2270 <varname>RequestOptions=</varname>,
2271 <varname>SendOption=</varname>,
2272 <varname>SendVendorOption=</varname>,
2273 <varname>UserClass=</varname>, and
2274 <varname>VendorClassIdentifier=</varname>
2275 are silently ignored.</para>
add469f5
YW
2276
2277 <para>With this option enabled DHCP requests will mimic those generated by Microsoft
2278 Windows, in order to reduce the ability to fingerprint and recognize installations. This
2279 means DHCP request sizes will grow and lease data will be more comprehensive than normally,
2280 though most of the requested data is not actually used.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2281
2282 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
add469f5
YW
2283 </listitem>
2284 </varlistentry>
2285
2286 <varlistentry>
2287 <term><varname>RequestOptions=</varname></term>
2288 <listitem>
2289 <para>Sets request options to be sent to the server in the DHCPv4 request options list. A
2290 whitespace-separated list of integers in the range 1…254. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2291
2292 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
2293 </listitem>
2294 </varlistentry>
2295
2296 <varlistentry>
2297 <term><varname>SendOption=</varname></term>
2298 <listitem>
2299 <para>Send an arbitrary raw option in the DHCPv4 request. Takes a DHCP option number, data
2300 type and data separated with a colon
2301 (<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
2302 The option number must be an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of
2303 <literal>uint8</literal>, <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>,
2304 <literal>ipv4address</literal>, or <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data
2305 string may be escaped using
2306 <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
2307 escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
2308 specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2309
2310 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
2311 </listitem>
2312 </varlistentry>
2313
2314 <varlistentry>
2315 <term><varname>SendVendorOption=</varname></term>
2316 <listitem>
2317 <para>Send an arbitrary vendor option in the DHCPv4 request. Takes a DHCP option number, data
2318 type and data separated with a colon
2319 (<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
2320 The option number must be an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of
2321 <literal>uint8</literal>, <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>,
2322 <literal>ipv4address</literal>, or <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data
2323 string may be escaped using
2324 <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
2325 escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified,
2326 then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2327
2328 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2329 </listitem>
2330 </varlistentry>
2331
2332 <varlistentry>
2333 <term><varname>IPServiceType=</varname></term>
2334 <listitem>
2335 <para>Takes one of the special values <literal>none</literal>, <literal>CS6</literal>, or
2336 <literal>CS4</literal>. When <literal>none</literal> no IP service type is set to the packet
2337 sent from the DHCPv4 client. When <literal>CS6</literal> (network control) or
2338 <literal>CS4</literal> (realtime), the corresponding service type will be set. Defaults to
2339 <literal>CS6</literal>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2340
2341 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
2342 </listitem>
2343 </varlistentry>
ea577968 2344
2345 <varlistentry>
2346 <term><varname>SocketPriority=</varname></term>
2347 <listitem>
2348 <para>The Linux socket option <constant>SO_PRIORITY</constant> applied to the raw IP socket used for
2349 initial DHCPv4 messages. Unset by default. Usual values range from 0 to 6.
2350 More details about <constant>SO_PRIORITY</constant> socket option in
2351 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
2352 Can be used in conjunction with [VLAN] section <varname>EgressQOSMaps=</varname> setting of .netdev
2353 file to set the 802.1Q VLAN ethernet tagged header priority, see
2354 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
2355 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2356
2357 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
ea577968 2358 </listitem>
2359 </varlistentry>
add469f5
YW
2360
2361 <!-- How to use the DHCP lease -->
2362
2363 <varlistentry>
2364 <term><varname>Label=</varname></term>
2365 <listitem>
2366 <para>Specifies the label for the IPv4 address received from the DHCP server. The label must
2367 be a 7-bit ASCII string with a length of 1…15 characters. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2368
2369 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
add469f5
YW
2370 </listitem>
2371 </varlistentry>
2372
2373 <varlistentry>
2374 <term><varname>UseDNS=</varname></term>
2375 <listitem>
2376 <para>When true (the default), the DNS servers received from the DHCP server will be used.
2377 </para>
2378
2379 <para>This corresponds to the <option>nameserver</option> option in
2380 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
2381 </para>
aefdc112
AK
2382
2383 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
2384 </listitem>
2385 </varlistentry>
2386
2387 <varlistentry>
2388 <term><varname>RoutesToDNS=</varname></term>
2389 <listitem>
2390 <para>When true, the routes to the DNS servers received from the DHCP server will be
2391 configured. When <varname>UseDNS=</varname> is disabled, this setting is ignored. Defaults to
2392 true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2393
2394 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
2395 </listitem>
2396 </varlistentry>
2397
2398 <varlistentry>
2399 <term><varname>UseNTP=</varname></term>
2400 <listitem>
2401 <para>When true (the default), the NTP servers received from the DHCP server will be used by
2402 <filename>systemd-timesyncd.service</filename>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2403
2404 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/>
add469f5
YW
2405 </listitem>
2406 </varlistentry>
2407
2408 <varlistentry>
2409 <term><varname>RoutesToNTP=</varname></term>
2410 <listitem>
2411 <para>When true, the routes to the NTP servers received from the DHCP server will be
2412 configured. When <varname>UseNTP=</varname> is disabled, this setting is ignored. Defaults to
2413 true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2414
2415 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
add469f5
YW
2416 </listitem>
2417 </varlistentry>
2418
2419 <varlistentry>
2420 <term><varname>UseSIP=</varname></term>
2421 <listitem>
2422 <para>When true (the default), the SIP servers received from the DHCP server will be collected
2423 and made available to client programs.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2424
2425 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
2426 </listitem>
2427 </varlistentry>
2428
edb88a72
RP
2429 <varlistentry>
2430 <term><varname>UseCaptivePortal=</varname></term>
2431 <listitem>
2432 <para>When true (the default), the captive portal advertised by the DHCP server will be recorded
2433 and made available to client programs and displayed in the networkctl status output per-link.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2434
2435 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/>
edb88a72
RP
2436 </listitem>
2437 </varlistentry>
2438
add469f5
YW
2439 <varlistentry>
2440 <term><varname>UseMTU=</varname></term>
2441 <listitem>
2442 <para>When true, the interface maximum transmission unit from the DHCP server will be used on
2443 the current link. If <varname>MTUBytes=</varname> is set, then this setting is ignored.
2444 Defaults to false.</para>
2445
2446 <para>Note, some drivers will reset the interfaces if the MTU is changed. For such
2447 interfaces, please try to use <varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> with a short timespan,
2448 e.g. <literal>3 seconds</literal>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2449
2450 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
2451 </listitem>
2452 </varlistentry>
2453
2454 <varlistentry>
2455 <term><varname>UseHostname=</varname></term>
2456 <listitem>
2457 <para>When true (the default), the hostname received from the DHCP server will be set as the
2458 transient hostname of the system.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2459
2460 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
add469f5
YW
2461 </listitem>
2462 </varlistentry>
2463
2464 <varlistentry>
2465 <term><varname>UseDomains=</varname></term>
2466 <listitem>
15102ced
ZJS
2467 <para>Takes a boolean, or the special value <option>route</option>. When true, the domain name
2468 received from the DHCP server will be used as DNS search domain over this link, similarly to the
2469 effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting. If set to <option>route</option>, the domain name
2470 received from the DHCP server will be used for routing DNS queries only, but not for searching,
2471 similarly to the effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting when the argument is prefixed with
2472 <literal>~</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
add469f5
YW
2473
2474 <para>It is recommended to enable this option only on trusted networks, as setting this
2475 affects resolution of all hostnames, in particular of single-label names. It is generally
2476 safer to use the supplied domain only as routing domain, rather than as search domain, in
2477 order to not have it affect local resolution of single-label names.</para>
2478
2479 <para>When set to true, this setting corresponds to the <option>domain</option> option in
2480 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
2481 </para>
aefdc112
AK
2482
2483 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
2484 </listitem>
2485 </varlistentry>
2486
2487 <varlistentry>
2488 <term><varname>UseRoutes=</varname></term>
2489 <listitem>
2490 <para>When true (the default), the static routes will be requested from the DHCP server and
2491 added to the routing table with a metric of 1024, and a scope of <option>global</option>,
2492 <option>link</option> or <option>host</option>, depending on the route's destination and
2493 gateway. If the destination is on the local host, e.g., 127.x.x.x, or the same as the link's
2494 own address, the scope will be set to <option>host</option>. Otherwise if the gateway is null
2495 (a direct route), a <option>link</option> scope will be used. For anything else, scope
2496 defaults to <option>global</option>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2497
2498 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/>
add469f5
YW
2499 </listitem>
2500 </varlistentry>
2501
2502 <varlistentry>
2503 <term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
2504 <listitem>
2505 <para>Set the routing metric for routes specified by the DHCP server (including the prefix
2506 route added for the specified prefix). Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295.
2507 Defaults to 1024.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2508
2509 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/>
add469f5
YW
2510 </listitem>
2511 </varlistentry>
2512
2513 <varlistentry>
2514 <term><varname>RouteTable=<replaceable>num</replaceable></varname></term>
2515 <listitem>
7db98bc9
YW
2516 <para>The table identifier for DHCP routes. Takes one of predefined names
2517 <literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and <literal>local</literal>, and names
2518 defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
2519 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
2520 or a number between 1…4294967295.</para>
add469f5
YW
2521
2522 <para>When used in combination with <varname>VRF=</varname>, the VRF's routing table is
2523 used when this parameter is not specified.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2524
2525 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
add469f5
YW
2526 </listitem>
2527 </varlistentry>
2528
2529 <varlistentry>
2530 <term><varname>RouteMTUBytes=</varname></term>
2531 <listitem>
2532 <para>Specifies the MTU for the DHCP routes. Please see the [Route] section for further
2533 details.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2534
2535 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
add469f5
YW
2536 </listitem>
2537 </varlistentry>
2538
f95fb199
YW
2539 <varlistentry>
2540 <term><varname>QuickAck=</varname></term>
2541 <listitem>
2542 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode is enabled for the routes configured by
2543 the acquired DHCPv4 lease. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2544
2545 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
f95fb199
YW
2546 </listitem>
2547 </varlistentry>
2548
cb35a0d4
SS
2549 <varlistentry>
2550 <term><varname>InitialCongestionWindow=</varname></term>
2551 <listitem>
2552 <para>As in the [Route] section.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2553
2554 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
cb35a0d4
SS
2555 </listitem>
2556 </varlistentry>
2557
2558 <varlistentry>
2559 <term><varname>InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow=</varname></term>
2560 <listitem>
2561 <para>As in the [Route] section.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2562
2563 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
cb35a0d4
SS
2564 </listitem>
2565 </varlistentry>
2566
add469f5
YW
2567 <varlistentry>
2568 <term><varname>UseGateway=</varname></term>
2569 <listitem>
45a7ef45
YW
2570 <para>When true, and the DHCP server provides a Router option, the default gateway based on the
2571 router address will be configured. Defaults to unset, and the value specified with
2572 <varname>UseRoutes=</varname> will be used.</para>
2573
2574 <para>Note, when the server provides both the Router and Classless Static Routes option, and
2575 <varname>UseRoutes=</varname> is enabled, the Router option is always ignored regardless of this
2576 setting. See <ulink url="https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3442">RFC 3442</ulink>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2577
2578 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2579 </listitem>
2580 </varlistentry>
2581
2582 <varlistentry>
2583 <term><varname>UseTimezone=</varname></term>
2584 <listitem><para>When true, the timezone received from the DHCP server will be set as timezone
aefdc112
AK
2585 of the local system. Defaults to false.</para>
2586
2587 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
add469f5
YW
2588 </varlistentry>
2589
2590 <varlistentry>
2591 <term><varname>Use6RD=</varname></term>
2592 <listitem>
2593 <para>When true, subnets of the received IPv6 prefix are assigned to downstream interfaces
2594 which enables <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname>. See also
2595 <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> in the [Network] section, the [DHCPPrefixDelegation]
2596 section, and <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5969">RFC 5969</ulink>. Defaults to
2597 false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2598
2599 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
add469f5
YW
2600 </listitem>
2601 </varlistentry>
2602
fc35a9f8
YW
2603 <varlistentry>
2604 <term><varname>IPv6OnlyMode=</varname></term>
2605 <listitem>
2606 <para>When true, the DHCPv4 configuration will be delayed by the timespan provided by the DHCP
2607 server and skip to configure dynamic IPv4 network connectivity if IPv6 connectivity is provided
2608 within the timespan. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8925">RFC 8925</ulink>.
2609 Defaults to true when <varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname> is enabled or DHCPv6 client is enabled
2610 (i.e., <varname>DHCP=yes</varname>), and false otherwise.</para>
2611
2612 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
2613 </listitem>
2614 </varlistentry>
2615
add469f5
YW
2616 <varlistentry>
2617 <term><varname>FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
2618 <listitem>
6eed65d4 2619 <para>Allows one to set DHCPv4 lease lifetime when DHCPv4 server does not send the lease
add469f5
YW
2620 lifetime. Takes one of <literal>forever</literal> or <literal>infinity</literal>. If
2621 specified, the acquired address never expires. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2622
2623 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2624 </listitem>
2625 </varlistentry>
2626
2627 <!-- How to communicate with the server -->
2628
2629 <varlistentry>
2630 <term><varname>RequestBroadcast=</varname></term>
2631 <listitem>
2632 <para>Request the server to use broadcast messages before the IP address has been configured.
2633 This is necessary for devices that cannot receive RAW packets, or that cannot receive packets
2634 at all before an IP address has been configured. On the other hand, this must not be enabled
2635 on networks where broadcasts are filtered out.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2636
2637 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
add469f5
YW
2638 </listitem>
2639 </varlistentry>
2640
2641 <varlistentry>
2642 <term><varname>MaxAttempts=</varname></term>
2643 <listitem>
2644 <para>Specifies how many times the DHCPv4 client configuration should be attempted. Takes a
2645 number or <literal>infinity</literal>. Defaults to <literal>infinity</literal>. Note that the
2646 time between retries is increased exponentially, up to approximately one per minute, so the
2647 network will not be overloaded even if this number is high. The default is suitable in most
2648 circumstances.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2649
2650 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
2651 </listitem>
2652 </varlistentry>
2653
2654 <varlistentry>
2655 <term><varname>ListenPort=</varname></term>
2656 <listitem>
2657 <para>Set the port from which the DHCP client packets originate.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2658
2659 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/>
add469f5
YW
2660 </listitem>
2661 </varlistentry>
2662
2663 <varlistentry>
2664 <term><varname>DenyList=</varname></term>
2665 <listitem>
2666 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv4 addresses. Each address can optionally take a
2667 prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. DHCP offers from servers in the list are rejected.
2668 Note that if <varname>AllowList=</varname> is configured then <varname>DenyList=</varname> is
2669 ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2670
2671 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2672 </listitem>
2673 </varlistentry>
2674
2675 <varlistentry>
2676 <term><varname>AllowList=</varname></term>
2677 <listitem>
2678 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv4 addresses. Each address can optionally take a
2679 prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. DHCP offers from servers in the list are accepted.
2680 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2681
2682 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2683 </listitem>
2684 </varlistentry>
2685
2686 <varlistentry>
2687 <term><varname>SendRelease=</varname></term>
2688 <listitem>
2689 <para>When true, the DHCPv4 client sends a DHCP release packet when it stops. Defaults to
2690 true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2691
2692 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
2693 </listitem>
2694 </varlistentry>
2695
2696 <varlistentry>
2697 <term><varname>SendDecline=</varname></term>
2698 <listitem>
2699 <para>A boolean. When true, <command>systemd-networkd</command> performs IPv4 Duplicate
2700 Address Detection to the acquired address by the DHCPv4 client. If duplicate is detected,
2701 the DHCPv4 client rejects the address by sending a <constant>DHCPDECLINE</constant> packet to
2702 the DHCP server, and tries to obtain an IP address again. See
2703 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5227">RFC 5227</ulink>. Defaults to false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2704
2705 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
add469f5
YW
2706 </listitem>
2707 </varlistentry>
4b3590c3
TM
2708
2709 <varlistentry>
2710 <term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
2711 <listitem>
2712 <para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with DHCP, like
2713 <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured
2714 addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2715
2716 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
4b3590c3
TM
2717 </listitem>
2718 </varlistentry>
fc289dd0
TM
2719
2720 <varlistentry>
2721 <term><varname>NFTSet=</varname></term>
2722 <listitem>
2723 <para>This applies the NFT set for the network configuration received with DHCP, like
2724 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to static configuration. See
2725 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section for more details. For <literal>address</literal> or
2726 <literal>prefix</literal> source types, the type of the element used in the NFT filter must be
2727 <literal>ipv4_addr</literal>.</para>
c97f268f
YW
2728
2729 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
fc289dd0
TM
2730 </listitem>
2731 </varlistentry>
add469f5
YW
2732 </variablelist>
2733 </refsect1>
2734
2735 <refsect1>
2736 <title>[DHCPv6] Section Options</title>
2737
2738 <para>The [DHCPv6] section configures the DHCPv6 client, if it is enabled with the
2739 <varname>DHCP=</varname> setting described above, or invoked by the IPv6 Router Advertisement:
2740 </para>
2741
2742 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
2743
2744 <!-- DHCP packet contents -->
2745
2746 <varlistentry>
2747 <term><varname>MUDURL=</varname></term>
2748 <term><varname>IAID=</varname></term>
2749 <term><varname>DUIDType=</varname></term>
2750 <term><varname>DUIDRawData=</varname></term>
2751 <term><varname>RequestOptions=</varname></term>
2752 <listitem>
2753 <para>As in the [DHCPv4] section.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2754
2755 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2756 </listitem>
2757 </varlistentry>
2758
2759 <varlistentry>
2760 <term><varname>SendOption=</varname></term>
2761 <listitem>
2762 <para>As in the [DHCPv4] section, however because DHCPv6 uses 16-bit fields to store option
2763 numbers, the option number is an integer in the range 1…65536.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2764
2765 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2766 </listitem>
2767 </varlistentry>
2768
2769 <varlistentry>
2770 <term><varname>SendVendorOption=</varname></term>
2771 <listitem>
2772 <para>Send an arbitrary vendor option in the DHCPv6 request. Takes an enterprise identifier,
2773 DHCP option number, data type, and data separated with a colon
2774 (<literal><replaceable>enterprise identifier</replaceable>:<replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
2775 Enterprise identifier is an unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967294. The option number
2776 must be an integer in the range 1…254. Data type takes one of <literal>uint8</literal>,
2777 <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>, <literal>ipv4address</literal>,
2778 <literal>ipv6address</literal>, or <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data
2779 string may be escaped using
2780 <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
2781 escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
2782 specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2783
2784 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2785 </listitem>
2786 </varlistentry>
2787
2788 <varlistentry>
2789 <term><varname>UserClass=</varname></term>
2790 <listitem>
2791 <para>A DHCPv6 client can use User Class option to identify the type or category of user or
2792 applications it represents. The information contained in this option is a string that
2793 represents the user class of which the client is a member. Each class sets an identifying
2794 string of information to be used by the DHCP service to classify clients. Special characters
2795 in the data string may be escaped using
2796 <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
2797 escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
2798 specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Takes a whitespace-separated list
2799 of strings. Note that currently <constant>NUL</constant> bytes are not allowed.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2800
2801 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2802 </listitem>
2803 </varlistentry>
2804
2805 <varlistentry>
2806 <term><varname>VendorClass=</varname></term>
2807 <listitem>
2808 <para>A DHCPv6 client can use VendorClass option to identify the vendor that manufactured the
2809 hardware on which the client is running. The information contained in the data area of this
2810 option is contained in one or more opaque fields that identify details of the hardware
2811 configuration. Takes a whitespace-separated list of strings.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2812
2813 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2814 </listitem>
2815 </varlistentry>
2816
2817 <varlistentry>
2818 <term><varname>PrefixDelegationHint=</varname></term>
2819 <listitem>
2820 <para>Takes an IPv6 address with prefix length in the same format as the
2821 <varname>Address=</varname> in the [Network] section. The DHCPv6 client will include a prefix
2822 hint in the DHCPv6 solicitation sent to the server. The prefix length must be in the range
2823 1…128. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2824
2825 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
add469f5
YW
2826 </listitem>
2827 </varlistentry>
2828
50ee1fec
YW
2829 <varlistentry>
2830 <term><varname>RapidCommit=</varname></term>
2831 <listitem>
2832 <para>Takes a boolean. The DHCPv6 client can obtain configuration parameters from a DHCPv6 server
2833 through a rapid two-message exchange (solicit and reply). When the rapid commit option is set by
2834 both the DHCPv6 client and the DHCPv6 server, the two-message exchange is used. Otherwise, the
2835 four-message exchange (solicit, advertise, request, and reply) is used. The two-message exchange
2836 provides faster client configuration. See
2837 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315#section-17.2.1">RFC 3315</ulink> for details.
2838 Defaults to true, and the two-message exchange will be used if the server support it.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2839
2840 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
50ee1fec
YW
2841 </listitem>
2842 </varlistentry>
2843
b90480c8
RP
2844 <varlistentry>
2845 <term><varname>SendHostname=</varname></term>
2846 <listitem>
2847 <para>When true (the default), the machine's hostname (or the value specified with
2848 <varname>Hostname=</varname>, described below) will be sent to the DHCPv6 server. Note that the
2849 hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case characters and no spaces or dots, and be
2850 formatted as a valid DNS domain name. Otherwise, the hostname is not sent even if this option
2851 is true.</para>
2852
2853 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
2854 </listitem>
2855 </varlistentry>
2856
2857 <varlistentry>
2858 <term><varname>Hostname=</varname></term>
2859 <listitem>
2860 <para>Use this value for the hostname which is sent to the DHCPv6 server, instead of machine's
2861 hostname. Note that the specified hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case
2862 characters and no spaces or dots, and be formatted as a valid DNS domain name.</para>
2863
2864 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
2865 </listitem>
2866 </varlistentry>
2867
add469f5
YW
2868 <!-- How to use the DHCP lease -->
2869
2870 <varlistentry>
2871 <term><varname>UseAddress=</varname></term>
2872 <listitem>
2873 <para>When true (the default), the IP addresses provided by the DHCPv6 server will be
2874 assigned.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2875
2876 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
add469f5
YW
2877 </listitem>
2878 </varlistentry>
2879
a75feb55
RP
2880 <varlistentry>
2881 <term><varname>UseCaptivePortal=</varname></term>
2882 <listitem>
2883 <para>When true (the default), the captive portal advertised by the DHCPv6 server will be recorded
2884 and made available to client programs and displayed in the networkctl status output per-link.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2885
2886 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/>
a75feb55
RP
2887 </listitem>
2888 </varlistentry>
2889
add469f5
YW
2890 <varlistentry>
2891 <term><varname>UseDelegatedPrefix=</varname></term>
2892 <listitem>
2893 <para>When true (the default), the client will request the DHCPv6 server to delegate
2894 prefixes. If the server provides prefixes to be delegated, then subnets of the prefixes are
625d71b9 2895 assigned to the interfaces that have <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes</varname>.
add469f5
YW
2896 See also the <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting in the [Network] section,
2897 settings in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section, and
2898 <ulink url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc8415.html#section-6.3">RFC 8415</ulink>.
2899 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2900
2901 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
add469f5
YW
2902 </listitem>
2903 </varlistentry>
2904
2905 <varlistentry>
2906 <term><varname>UseDNS=</varname></term>
2907 <term><varname>UseNTP=</varname></term>
2908 <term><varname>UseHostname=</varname></term>
2909 <term><varname>UseDomains=</varname></term>
4b3590c3 2910 <term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
b895aa5f 2911 <term><varname>SendRelease=</varname></term>
add469f5
YW
2912 <listitem>
2913 <para>As in the [DHCPv4] section.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2914
2915 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
add469f5
YW
2916 </listitem>
2917 </varlistentry>
2918
fc289dd0
TM
2919 <varlistentry>
2920 <term><varname>NFTSet=</varname></term>
2921 <listitem>
2922 <para>This applies the NFT set for the network configuration received with DHCP, like
2923 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to static configuration. See
2924 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section for more details. For <literal>address</literal>
2925 or <literal>prefix</literal> source types, the type of the element used in the NFT filter must be
2926 <literal>ipv6_addr</literal>.</para>
c97f268f
YW
2927
2928 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
fc289dd0
TM
2929 </listitem>
2930 </varlistentry>
2931
add469f5
YW
2932 <!-- How to communicate with the server -->
2933
2934 <varlistentry>
2935 <term><varname>WithoutRA=</varname></term>
2936 <listitem>
0bcc6557
AH
2937 <para>Allows DHCPv6 client to start without router advertisements's
2938 <literal>managed</literal> or <literal>other configuration</literal> flag. Takes one of
2939 <literal>no</literal>, <literal>solicit</literal>, or
2940 <literal>information-request</literal>. If this is not specified,
add469f5
YW
2941 <literal>solicit</literal> is used when <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled
2942 and <varname>UplinkInterface=:self</varname> is specified in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation]
2943 section. Otherwise, defaults to <literal>no</literal>, and the DHCPv6 client will be started
2944 when an RA is received. See also the <varname>DHCPv6Client=</varname> setting in the
2945 [IPv6AcceptRA] section.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2946
2947 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
add469f5
YW
2948 </listitem>
2949 </varlistentry>
2950 </variablelist>
caa8ca42 2951 </refsect1>
99e015e2
YW
2952
2953 <refsect1>
a27588d4 2954 <title>[DHCPPrefixDelegation] Section Options</title>
31fc1366 2955 <para>The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section configures subnet prefixes of the delegated prefixes
8b9f0921 2956 acquired by a DHCPv6 client or by a DHCPv4 client through the 6RD option on another interface.
31fc1366
YW
2957 The settings in this section are used only when the <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname>
2958 setting in the [Network] section is enabled.</para>
99e015e2
YW
2959
2960 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
dc5cae6c
YW
2961 <varlistentry>
2962 <term><varname>UplinkInterface=</varname></term>
2963 <listitem>
2964 <para>Specifies the name or the index of the uplink interface, or one of the special values
2965 <literal>:self</literal> and <literal>:auto</literal>. When <literal>:self</literal>, the
149cda85
YW
2966 interface itself is considered the uplink interface, and
2967 <varname>WithoutRA=solicit</varname> is implied if the setting is not explicitly specified.
2968 When <literal>:auto</literal>, the first link which acquired prefixes to be delegated from
31fc1366 2969 the DHCPv6 or DHCPv4 server is selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
2970
2971 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
dc5cae6c
YW
2972 </listitem>
2973 </varlistentry>
2974
99e015e2
YW
2975 <varlistentry>
2976 <term><varname>SubnetId=</varname></term>
2977 <listitem>
2978 <para>Configure a specific subnet ID on the interface from a (previously) received prefix
2979 delegation. You can either set "auto" (the default) or a specific subnet ID (as defined in
2980 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4291#section-2.5.4">RFC 4291</ulink>, section
2981 2.5.4), in which case the allowed value is hexadecimal, from 0 to 0x7fffffffffffffff
e5ff2245 2982 inclusive.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2983
2984 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
e5ff2245
YW
2985 </listitem>
2986 </varlistentry>
2987
2988 <varlistentry>
2989 <term><varname>Announce=</varname></term>
2990 <listitem>
2991 <para>Takes a boolean. When enabled, and <varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> in [Network] section
2992 is enabled, the delegated prefixes are distributed through the IPv6 Router Advertisement.
31fc1366
YW
2993 This setting will be ignored when the <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting is
2994 enabled on the upstream interface. Defaults to yes.</para>
aefdc112
AK
2995
2996 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
99e015e2
YW
2997 </listitem>
2998 </varlistentry>
2999
3000 <varlistentry>
3001 <term><varname>Assign=</varname></term>
3002 <listitem>
3003 <para>Takes a boolean. Specifies whether to add an address from the delegated prefixes which
e5ff2245 3004 are received from the WAN interface by the DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation. When true (on LAN
6c2d70ce 3005 interface), the EUI-64 algorithm will be used by default to form an interface identifier from
e5ff2245
YW
3006 the delegated prefixes. See also <varname>Token=</varname> setting below. Defaults to yes.
3007 </para>
aefdc112
AK
3008
3009 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
99e015e2
YW
3010 </listitem>
3011 </varlistentry>
3012
3013 <varlistentry>
3014 <term><varname>Token=</varname></term>
3015 <listitem>
e5ff2245 3016 <para>Specifies an optional address generation mode for assigning an address in each
f5960e0a
YW
3017 delegated prefix. This accepts the same syntax as <varname>Token=</varname> in the
3018 [IPv6AcceptRA] section. If <varname>Assign=</varname> is set to false, then this setting will
3019 be ignored. Defaults to unset, which means the EUI-64 algorithm will be used.</para>
aefdc112
AK
3020
3021 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
99e015e2
YW
3022 </listitem>
3023 </varlistentry>
fec1b650
YW
3024
3025 <varlistentry>
3026 <term><varname>ManageTemporaryAddress=</varname></term>
3027 <listitem>
3028 <para>As in the [Address] section, but defaults to true.</para>
aefdc112
AK
3029
3030 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
fec1b650
YW
3031 </listitem>
3032 </varlistentry>
9fe0b7b4
YW
3033
3034 <varlistentry>
3035 <term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
3036 <listitem>
3037 <para>The metric of the route to the delegated prefix subnet. Takes an unsigned integer in
d0619f2c
YW
3038 the range 0…4294967295. When set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. Defaults to 256.
3039 </para>
aefdc112
AK
3040
3041 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
9fe0b7b4
YW
3042 </listitem>
3043 </varlistentry>
4b3590c3
TM
3044
3045 <varlistentry>
3046 <term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
3047 <listitem>
3048 <para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with DHCP, like
3049 <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured
3050 addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3051
3052 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
4b3590c3
TM
3053 </listitem>
3054 </varlistentry>
fc289dd0
TM
3055
3056 <varlistentry>
3057 <term><varname>NFTSet=</varname></term>
3058 <listitem>
3059 <para>This applies the NFT set for the network configuration received with DHCP, like
3060 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to static configuration. See
3061 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section for more details. For <literal>address</literal> or
3062 <literal>prefix</literal> source types, the type of the element used in the NFT filter must be
3063 <literal>ipv6_addr</literal>.</para>
c97f268f
YW
3064
3065 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
fc289dd0
TM
3066 </listitem>
3067 </varlistentry>
99e015e2
YW
3068 </variablelist>
3069 </refsect1>
413708d1 3070
1e7a0e21 3071 <refsect1>
f921f573 3072 <title>[IPv6AcceptRA] Section Options</title>
c463ae74
YW
3073 <para>The [IPv6AcceptRA] section configures the IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) client, if it is enabled
3074 with the <varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname> setting described above:</para>
1e7a0e21 3075
c463ae74
YW
3076 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
3077 <varlistentry>
3078 <term><varname>Token=</varname></term>
3079 <listitem>
3080 <para>Specifies an optional address generation mode for the Stateless Address
3081 Autoconfiguration (SLAAC). The following values are supported:</para>
3082
3083 <variablelist>
3084 <varlistentry>
3085 <term><option>eui64</option></term>
3086 <listitem>
3087 <para>
ab106a60
YW
3088 The EUI-64 algorithm will be used to generate an address for that prefix. Only
3089 supported by Ethernet or InfiniBand interfaces.
c463ae74 3090 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3091
3092 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3093 </listitem>
3094 </varlistentry>
3095 <varlistentry>
3096 <term><option>static:<replaceable>ADDRESS</replaceable></option></term>
3097 <listitem>
3098 <para>
3099 An IPv6 address must be specified after a colon (<literal>:</literal>), and the
3100 lower bits of the supplied address are combined with the upper bits of a prefix
3101 received in a Router Advertisement (RA) message to form a complete address. Note
3102 that if multiple prefixes are received in an RA message, or in multiple RA messages,
3103 addresses will be formed from each of them using the supplied address. This mode
3104 implements SLAAC but uses a static interface identifier instead of an identifier
3105 generated by using the EUI-64 algorithm. Because the interface identifier is static,
3106 if Duplicate Address Detection detects that the computed address is a duplicate
3107 (in use by another node on the link), then this mode will fail to provide an address
3108 for that prefix. If an IPv6 address without mode is specified, then
3109 <literal>static</literal> mode is assumed.
3110 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3111
3112 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3113 </listitem>
3114 </varlistentry>
3115 <varlistentry>
f2a3a133 3116 <term><option>prefixstable[:<replaceable>ADDRESS</replaceable>][,<replaceable>UUID</replaceable>]</option></term>
c463ae74
YW
3117 <listitem>
3118 <para>
3119 The algorithm specified in
3120 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7217">RFC 7217</ulink> will be used to
3121 generate interface identifiers. This mode can optionally take an IPv6 address
3122 separated with a colon (<literal>:</literal>). If an IPv6 address is specified,
3123 then an interface identifier is generated only when a prefix received in an RA
3124 message matches the supplied address.
3125 </para>
f2a3a133
YW
3126 <para>
3127 This mode can also optionally take a non-null UUID in the format which
3128 <function>sd_id128_from_string()</function> accepts, e.g.
3129 <literal>86b123b969ba4b7eb8b3d8605123525a</literal> or
3130 <literal>86b123b9-69ba-4b7e-b8b3-d8605123525a</literal>. If a UUID is specified, the
3131 value is used as the secret key to generate interface identifiers. If not specified,
3132 then an application specific ID generated with the system's machine-ID will be used
3133 as the secret key. See
3134 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd-id128</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
3135 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_id128_from_string</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
3136 and
fe003f02 3137 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_id128_get_machine</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
f2a3a133 3138 </para>
c463ae74
YW
3139 <para>
3140 Note that the <literal>prefixstable</literal> algorithm uses both the interface
3141 name and MAC address as input to the hash to compute the interface identifier, so
3142 if either of those are changed the resulting interface identifier (and address)
3143 will be changed, even if the prefix received in the RA message has not been
3144 changed.
3145 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3146
3147 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3148 </listitem>
3149 </varlistentry>
3150 </variablelist>
3151
3152 <para>If no address generation mode is specified (which is the default), or a received
3153 prefix does not match any of the addresses provided in <literal>prefixstable</literal>
ab106a60
YW
3154 mode, then the EUI-64 algorithm will be used for Ethernet or InfiniBand interfaces,
3155 otherwise <literal>prefixstable</literal> will be used to form an interface identifier for
3156 that prefix.</para>
c463ae74
YW
3157
3158 <para>This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then
3159 the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
3160
3161 <para>Examples:
3162 <programlisting>Token=eui64
140bf8da 3163Token=::1a:2b:3c:4d
a73628e6
YW
3164Token=static:::1a:2b:3c:4d
3165Token=prefixstable
3166Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3167
3168 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3169 </listitem>
3170 </varlistentry>
1e7a0e21 3171
c463ae74
YW
3172 <varlistentry>
3173 <term><varname>UseDNS=</varname></term>
3174 <listitem>
3175 <para>When true (the default), the DNS servers received in the Router Advertisement will be used.</para>
1e7a0e21 3176
c463ae74
YW
3177 <para>This corresponds to the <option>nameserver</option> option in <citerefentry
3178 project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
3179
3180 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
c463ae74
YW
3181 </listitem>
3182 </varlistentry>
1e7a0e21 3183
c463ae74
YW
3184 <varlistentry>
3185 <term><varname>UseDomains=</varname></term>
3186 <listitem>
3187 <para>Takes a boolean, or the special value <literal>route</literal>. When true, the domain name
15102ced
ZJS
3188 received via IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) will be used as DNS search domain over this link,
3189 similarly to the effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting. If set to
3190 <literal>route</literal>, the domain name received via IPv6 RA will be used for routing DNS queries
3191 only, but not for searching, similarly to the effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting when
3192 the argument is prefixed with <literal>~</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
c463ae74
YW
3193
3194 <para>It is recommended to enable this option only on trusted networks, as setting this affects resolution
3195 of all hostnames, in particular of single-label names. It is generally safer to use the supplied domain
3196 only as routing domain, rather than as search domain, in order to not have it affect local resolution of
3197 single-label names.</para>
3198
3199 <para>When set to true, this setting corresponds to the <option>domain</option> option in <citerefentry
3200 project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
aefdc112
AK
3201
3202 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
c463ae74
YW
3203 </listitem>
3204 </varlistentry>
2ba31d29 3205
c463ae74
YW
3206 <varlistentry>
3207 <term><varname>RouteTable=<replaceable>num</replaceable></varname></term>
3208 <listitem>
7db98bc9
YW
3209 <para>The table identifier for the routes received in the Router Advertisement. Takes one of
3210 predefined names <literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and <literal>local</literal>,
3211 and names defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
3212 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
3213 or a number between 1…4294967295.</para>
3214
3215 <para>When used in combination with <varname>VRF=</varname>, the VRF's routing table is
3216 used when this parameter is not specified.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3217
3218 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
c463ae74
YW
3219 </listitem>
3220 </varlistentry>
062c2eea 3221
c463ae74
YW
3222 <varlistentry>
3223 <term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
3224 <listitem>
6f812d28
YW
3225 <para>Set the routing metric for the routes received in the Router Advertisement. Takes an unsigned
3226 integer in the range 0…4294967295, or three unsigned integer separated with <literal>:</literal>,
3227 in that case the first one is used when the router preference is high, the second is for medium
3228 preference, and the last is for low preference
3229 (<literal><replaceable>high</replaceable>:<replaceable>medium</replaceable>:<replaceable>low</replaceable></literal>).
3230 Defaults to <literal>512:1024:2048</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3231
3232 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
c463ae74
YW
3233 </listitem>
3234 </varlistentry>
8ebafba9 3235
f95fb199
YW
3236 <varlistentry>
3237 <term><varname>QuickAck=</varname></term>
3238 <listitem>
3239 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode is enabled for the routes configured by
3240 the received RAs. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3241
3242 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
f95fb199
YW
3243 </listitem>
3244 </varlistentry>
3245
c463ae74
YW
3246 <varlistentry>
3247 <term><varname>UseMTU=</varname></term>
3248 <listitem>
3249 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the MTU received in the Router Advertisement will be
3250 used. Defaults to true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3251
3252 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3253 </listitem>
3254 </varlistentry>
7d93b92f 3255
f141b2c0
SS
3256 <varlistentry>
3257 <term><varname>UseHopLimit=</varname></term>
3258 <listitem>
3259 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the hop limit received in the Router Advertisement will be set to routes
3260 configured based on the advertisement. See also <varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>. Defaults to true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3261
3262 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
f141b2c0
SS
3263 </listitem>
3264 </varlistentry>
3265
91750028
SS
3266 <varlistentry>
3267 <term><varname>UseICMP6RateLimit=</varname></term>
3268 <listitem>
3269 <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the ICMP6 rate limit received in the Router Advertisement will be set to ICMP6
3270 rate limit based on the advertisement. Defaults to true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3271
3272 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
91750028
SS
3273 </listitem>
3274 </varlistentry>
3275
c463ae74
YW
3276 <varlistentry>
3277 <term><varname>UseGateway=</varname></term>
3278 <listitem>
3279 <para>When true (the default), the router address will be configured as the default gateway.
3280 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3281
3282 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3283 </listitem>
3284 </varlistentry>
610c0db1 3285
c463ae74
YW
3286 <varlistentry>
3287 <term><varname>UseRoutePrefix=</varname></term>
3288 <listitem>
3289 <para>When true (the default), the routes corresponding to the route prefixes received in
3290 the Router Advertisement will be configured.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3291
3292 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
c463ae74
YW
3293 </listitem>
3294 </varlistentry>
610c0db1 3295
d74c4ce1
RP
3296 <varlistentry>
3297 <term><varname>UseCaptivePortal=</varname></term>
3298 <listitem>
3299 <para>When true (the default), the captive portal received in the Router Advertisement will be recorded
3300 and made available to client programs and displayed in the networkctl status output per-link.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3301
3302 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/>
d74c4ce1
RP
3303 </listitem>
3304 </varlistentry>
3305
6e8f5e4c
SS
3306 <varlistentry>
3307 <term><varname>UsePREF64=</varname></term>
3308 <listitem>
3309 <para>When true, the IPv6 PREF64 (or NAT64) prefixes received in the Router Advertisement will be recorded
3310 and made available to client programs and displayed in the <command>networkctl</command> status output per-link.
3311 See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8781">RFC 8781</ulink>. Defaults to false.</para>
3312
3313 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
3314 </listitem>
3315 </varlistentry>
3316
c463ae74
YW
3317 <varlistentry>
3318 <term><varname>UseAutonomousPrefix=</varname></term>
3319 <listitem>
3320 <para>When true (the default), the autonomous prefix received in the Router Advertisement will be used and take
3321 precedence over any statically configured ones.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3322
3323 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
c463ae74
YW
3324 </listitem>
3325 </varlistentry>
062c2eea 3326
c463ae74
YW
3327 <varlistentry>
3328 <term><varname>UseOnLinkPrefix=</varname></term>
3329 <listitem>
3330 <para>When true (the default), the onlink prefix received in the Router Advertisement will be
3331 used and takes precedence over any statically configured ones.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3332
3333 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
c463ae74
YW
3334 </listitem>
3335 </varlistentry>
062c2eea 3336
c463ae74
YW
3337 <varlistentry>
3338 <term><varname>RouterDenyList=</varname></term>
3339 <listitem>
3340 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 router addresses. Each address can optionally
3341 take a prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. Any information advertised by the listed
3342 router is ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3343
3344 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
c463ae74
YW
3345 </listitem>
3346 </varlistentry>
75d26411 3347
c463ae74
YW
3348 <varlistentry>
3349 <term><varname>RouterAllowList=</varname></term>
3350 <listitem>
3351 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 router addresses. Each address can optionally
3352 take a prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. Only information advertised by the listed
3353 router is accepted. Note that if <varname>RouterAllowList=</varname> is configured then
3354 <varname>RouterDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3355
3356 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
c463ae74
YW
3357 </listitem>
3358 </varlistentry>
75d26411 3359
c463ae74
YW
3360 <varlistentry>
3361 <term><varname>PrefixDenyList=</varname></term>
3362 <listitem>
3363 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take its
3364 prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 prefixes supplied via router advertisements
3365 in the list are ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3366
3367 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
c463ae74
YW
3368 </listitem>
3369 </varlistentry>
16c89e64 3370
c463ae74
YW
3371 <varlistentry>
3372 <term><varname>PrefixAllowList=</varname></term>
3373 <listitem>
3374 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take its
3375 prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 prefixes supplied via router advertisements
3376 in the list are allowed. Note that if <varname>PrefixAllowList=</varname> is configured
3377 then <varname>PrefixDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3378
3379 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
c463ae74
YW
3380 </listitem>
3381 </varlistentry>
de6b6ff8 3382
c463ae74
YW
3383 <varlistentry>
3384 <term><varname>RouteDenyList=</varname></term>
3385 <listitem>
3386 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 route prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take
3387 its prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 route prefixes supplied via router
3388 advertisements in the list are ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3389
3390 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
c463ae74
YW
3391 </listitem>
3392 </varlistentry>
e520ce64 3393
c463ae74
YW
3394 <varlistentry>
3395 <term><varname>RouteAllowList=</varname></term>
3396 <listitem>
3397 <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 route prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take
3398 its prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 route prefixes supplied via router
3399 advertisements in the list are allowed. Note that if <varname>RouteAllowList=</varname> is
3400 configured then <varname>RouteDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3401
3402 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
c463ae74
YW
3403 </listitem>
3404 </varlistentry>
de6b6ff8 3405
c463ae74
YW
3406 <varlistentry>
3407 <term><varname>DHCPv6Client=</varname></term>
3408 <listitem>
3409 <para>Takes a boolean, or the special value <literal>always</literal>. When true, the
0bcc6557
AH
3410 DHCPv6 client will be started in <literal>solicit</literal> mode if the RA has the
3411 <literal>managed</literal> flag or <literal>information-request</literal> mode if the RA
3412 lacks the <literal>managed</literal> flag but has the
3413 <literal>other configuration</literal> flag. If set to <literal>always</literal>, the
3414 DHCPv6 client will be started in <literal>solicit</literal> mode when an RA is received,
3415 even if neither the <literal>managed</literal> nor the
3416 <literal>other configuration</literal> flag is set in the RA. This will be ignored when
3417 <varname>WithoutRA=</varname> in the [DHCPv6] section is enabled, or
a27588d4 3418 <varname>UplinkInterface=:self</varname> in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section is
c463ae74 3419 specified. Defaults to true.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3420
3421 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
c463ae74
YW
3422 </listitem>
3423 </varlistentry>
4b3590c3
TM
3424
3425 <varlistentry>
3426 <term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
3427 <listitem>
3428 <para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with RA, like
3429 <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured
3430 addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3431
3432 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
4b3590c3
TM
3433 </listitem>
3434 </varlistentry>
fc289dd0
TM
3435
3436 <varlistentry>
3437 <term><varname>NFTSet=</varname></term>
3438 <listitem>
3439 <para>This applies the NFT set for the network configuration received with RA, like
3440 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to static configuration. See
3441 <varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section for more details. For <literal>address</literal> or
3442 <literal>prefix</literal> source types, the type of the element used in the NFT filter must be
3443 <literal>ipv6_addr</literal>.</para>
c97f268f
YW
3444
3445 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
fc289dd0
TM
3446 </listitem>
3447 </varlistentry>
c463ae74 3448 </variablelist>
1e7a0e21
LP
3449 </refsect1>
3450
ad943783
LP
3451 <refsect1>
3452 <title>[DHCPServer] Section Options</title>
bdac5608 3453 <para>The [DHCPServer] section contains settings for the DHCP server, if enabled via the
ad943783
LP
3454 <varname>DHCPServer=</varname> option described above:</para>
3455
3456 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
3457
0017ba31
YW
3458 <varlistentry>
3459 <term><varname>ServerAddress=</varname></term>
e443a88a
YW
3460 <listitem>
3461 <para>Specifies the server address for the DHCP server. Takes an IPv4 address with prefix length
3462 separated with a slash, e.g. <literal>192.168.0.1/24</literal>. Defaults to unset, and one of
3463 static IPv4 addresses configured in [Network] or [Address] section will be automatically selected.
3464 This setting may be useful when the interface on which the DHCP server is running has multiple
3465 static IPv4 addresses.</para>
3466 <para>This implies <varname>Address=</varname> in [Network] or [Address] section with the same
3467 address and prefix length. That is,
3468 <programlisting>[Network]
3469DHCPServer=yes
3470Address=192.168.0.1/24
3471Address=192.168.0.2/24
3472[DHCPServer]
3473ServerAddress=192.168.0.1/24</programlisting>
3474 or
3475 <programlisting>[Network]
3476DHCPServer=yes
3477[Address]
3478Address=192.168.0.1/24
3479[Address]
3480Address=192.168.0.2/24
3481[DHCPServer]
3482ServerAddress=192.168.0.1/24</programlisting>
3483 are equivalent to the following.
3484 <programlisting>[Network]
3485DHCPServer=yes
3486Address=192.168.0.2/24
3487[DHCPServer]
3488ServerAddress=192.168.0.1/24</programlisting>
3489 </para>
3490 <para>Since version 255, like the <varname>Address=</varname> setting in [Network] or [Address]
3491 section, this also supports a null address, e.g. <literal>0.0.0.0/24</literal>, and an unused
3492 address will be automatically selected. For more details about the automatic address selection,
3493 see <varname>Address=</varname> setting in [Network] section in the above.</para>
ec07c3c8 3494
e443a88a
YW
3495 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
3496 </listitem>
0017ba31
YW
3497 </varlistentry>
3498
9b3a67c5
TG
3499 <varlistentry>
3500 <term><varname>PoolOffset=</varname></term>
3501 <term><varname>PoolSize=</varname></term>
3502
3503 <listitem><para>Configures the pool of addresses to hand out. The pool
3504 is a contiguous sequence of IP addresses in the subnet configured for
3505 the server address, which does not include the subnet nor the broadcast
3506 address. <varname>PoolOffset=</varname> takes the offset of the pool
3507 from the start of subnet, or zero to use the default value.
3508 <varname>PoolSize=</varname> takes the number of IP addresses in the
b938cb90 3509 pool or zero to use the default value. By default, the pool starts at
9b3a67c5
TG
3510 the first address after the subnet address and takes up the rest of
3511 the subnet, excluding the broadcast address. If the pool includes
3512 the server address (the default), this is reserved and not handed
ec07c3c8
AK
3513 out to clients.</para>
3514
3515 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
9b3a67c5
TG
3516 </varlistentry>
3517
ad943783
LP
3518 <varlistentry>
3519 <term><varname>DefaultLeaseTimeSec=</varname></term>
3520 <term><varname>MaxLeaseTimeSec=</varname></term>
3521
3522 <listitem><para>Control the default and maximum DHCP lease
3523 time to pass to clients. These settings take time values in seconds or
3524 another common time unit, depending on the suffix. The default
3525 lease time is used for clients that did not ask for a specific
3526 lease time. If a client asks for a lease time longer than the
b938cb90 3527 maximum lease time, it is automatically shortened to the
ad943783
LP
3528 specified time. The default lease time defaults to 1h, the
3529 maximum lease time to 12h. Shorter lease times are beneficial
3530 if the configuration data in DHCP leases changes frequently
3531 and clients shall learn the new settings with shorter
3532 latencies. Longer lease times reduce the generated DHCP
ec07c3c8
AK
3533 network traffic.</para>
3534
3535 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
ad943783
LP
3536 </varlistentry>
3537
165d7c5c
YW
3538 <varlistentry>
3539 <term><varname>UplinkInterface=</varname></term>
2b242926
YW
3540 <listitem><para>Specifies the name or the index of the uplink interface, or one of the special
3541 values <literal>:none</literal> and <literal>:auto</literal>. When emitting DNS, NTP, or SIP
3542 servers is enabled but no servers are specified, the servers configured in the uplink interface
3543 will be emitted. When <literal>:auto</literal>, the link which has a default gateway with the
3544 highest priority will be automatically selected. When <literal>:none</literal>, no uplink
ec07c3c8
AK
3545 interface will be selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para>
3546
3547 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem>
165d7c5c
YW
3548 </varlistentry>
3549
ad943783
LP
3550 <varlistentry>
3551 <term><varname>EmitDNS=</varname></term>
3552 <term><varname>DNS=</varname></term>
3553
2a71d57f 3554 <listitem><para><varname>EmitDNS=</varname> takes a boolean. Configures whether the DHCP leases
5f468b9f
YW
3555 handed out to clients shall contain DNS server information. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>.
3556 The DNS servers to pass to clients may be configured with the <varname>DNS=</varname> option,
3557 which takes a list of IPv4 addresses, or special value <literal>_server_address</literal> which
faa1b3c6
YW
3558 will be converted to the address used by the DHCP server.</para>
3559
3560 <para>If the <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> option is enabled but no servers configured, the
3561 servers are automatically propagated from an "uplink" interface that has appropriate servers
3562 set. The "uplink" interface is determined by the default route of the system with the highest
3563 priority. Note that this information is acquired at the time the lease is handed out, and does
3564 not take uplink interfaces into account that acquire DNS server information at a later point.
3565 If no suitable uplink interface is found the DNS server data from
3566 <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> is used. Also, note that the leases are not refreshed if
3567 the uplink network configuration changes. To ensure clients regularly acquire the most current
3568 uplink DNS server information, it is thus advisable to shorten the DHCP lease time via
3569 <varname>MaxLeaseTimeSec=</varname> described above.</para>
3570
3571 <para>This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified, then all
ec07c3c8
AK
3572 DNS servers specified earlier are cleared.</para>
3573
3574 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
ad943783
LP
3575 </varlistentry>
3576
3577 <varlistentry>
3578 <term><varname>EmitNTP=</varname></term>
3579 <term><varname>NTP=</varname></term>
299d578f
SS
3580 <term><varname>EmitSIP=</varname></term>
3581 <term><varname>SIP=</varname></term>
2a71d57f
LP
3582 <term><varname>EmitPOP3=</varname></term>
3583 <term><varname>POP3=</varname></term>
3584 <term><varname>EmitSMTP=</varname></term>
3585 <term><varname>SMTP=</varname></term>
3586 <term><varname>EmitLPR=</varname></term>
3587 <term><varname>LPR=</varname></term>
3588
3589 <listitem><para>Similar to the <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> and <varname>DNS=</varname> settings
3590 described above, these settings configure whether and what server information for the indicate
3591 protocol shall be emitted as part of the DHCP lease. The same syntax, propagation semantics and
aefdc112
AK
3592 defaults apply as for <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> and <varname>DNS=</varname>.</para>
3593
3594 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
284e8fd0
SS
3595 </varlistentry>
3596
77ff6022
CG
3597 <varlistentry>
3598 <term><varname>EmitRouter=</varname></term>
59aa6220
YW
3599 <term><varname>Router=</varname></term>
3600
3601 <listitem><para>The <varname>EmitRouter=</varname> setting takes a boolean value, and configures
3602 whether the DHCP lease should contain the router option. The <varname>Router=</varname> setting
3603 takes an IPv4 address, and configures the router address to be emitted. When the
3604 <varname>Router=</varname> setting is not specified, then the server address will be used for
3605 the router option. When the <varname>EmitRouter=</varname> setting is disabled, the
3606 <varname>Router=</varname> setting will be ignored. The <varname>EmitRouter=</varname> setting
3607 defaults to true, and the <varname>Router=</varname> setting defaults to unset.
aefdc112
AK
3608 </para>
3609
3610 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem>
77ff6022
CG
3611 </varlistentry>
3612
ad943783
LP
3613 <varlistentry>
3614 <term><varname>EmitTimezone=</varname></term>
3615 <term><varname>Timezone=</varname></term>
3616
9b6ffef3
YW
3617 <listitem><para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether the DHCP leases handed out
3618 to clients shall contain timezone information. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>. The
ad943783
LP
3619 <varname>Timezone=</varname> setting takes a timezone string
3620 (such as <literal>Europe/Berlin</literal> or
3621 <literal>UTC</literal>) to pass to clients. If no explicit
b938cb90 3622 timezone is set, the system timezone of the local host is
ad943783 3623 propagated, as determined by the
ec07c3c8
AK
3624 <filename>/etc/localtime</filename> symlink.</para>
3625
3626 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
ad943783
LP
3627 </varlistentry>
3628
369ac192 3629 <varlistentry>
6278e428 3630 <term><varname>BootServerAddress=</varname></term>
369ac192
YW
3631
3632 <listitem>
94f7ee97
ZJS
3633 <para>Takes an IPv4 address of the boot server used by e.g. PXE boot systems. When specified, this
3634 address is sent in the <option>siaddr</option> field of the DHCP message header. See <ulink
3635 url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2131.html">RFC 2131</ulink> for more details. Defaults to
3636 unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3637
3638 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/>
369ac192
YW
3639 </listitem>
3640 </varlistentry>
3641
3642 <varlistentry>
6278e428 3643 <term><varname>BootServerName=</varname></term>
369ac192
YW
3644
3645 <listitem>
94f7ee97
ZJS
3646 <para>Takes a name of the boot server used by e.g. PXE boot systems. When specified, this name is
3647 sent in the DHCP option 66 ("TFTP server name"). See <ulink
3648 url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2132.html">RFC 2132</ulink> for more details. Defaults to
3649 unset.</para>
3650
3651 <para>Note that typically setting one of <varname>BootServerName=</varname> or
3652 <varname>BootServerAddress=</varname> is sufficient, but both can be set too, if desired.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3653
3654 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/>
6278e428
YW
3655 </listitem>
3656 </varlistentry>
3657
3658 <varlistentry>
3659 <term><varname>BootFilename=</varname></term>
3660
3661 <listitem>
94f7ee97
ZJS
3662 <para>Takes a path or URL to a file loaded by e.g. a PXE boot loader. When specified, this path is
3663 sent in the DHCP option 67 ("Bootfile name"). See <ulink
3664 url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2132.html">RFC 2132</ulink> for more details. Defaults to
3665 unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3666
3667 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/>
369ac192
YW
3668 </listitem>
3669 </varlistentry>
3670
34bea0a1
SS
3671 <varlistentry>
3672 <term><varname>IPv6OnlyPreferredSec=</varname></term>
3673
3674 <listitem>
3675 <para>Takes a timespan. Controls the
3676 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8925">RFC 8925</ulink> IPv6-Only Preferred option.
3677 Specifies the DHCPv4 option to indicate that a host supports an IPv6-only mode and is willing to
3678 forgo obtaining an IPv4 address if the network provides IPv6 connectivity. Defaults to unset, and
3679 not send the option. The minimum allowed value is 300 seconds.</para>
3680
3681 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
3682 </listitem>
3683 </varlistentry>
3684
564ca984 3685 <varlistentry>
d8b736bd
YW
3686 <term><varname>SendOption=</varname></term>
3687 <listitem>
3688 <para>Send a raw option with value via DHCPv4 server. Takes a DHCP option number, data type
3689 and data (<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
1d3a473b 3690 The option number is an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of <literal>uint8</literal>,
e7d5fe17 3691 <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>, <literal>ipv4address</literal>, <literal>ipv6address</literal>, or
7354900d
DW
3692 <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data string may be escaped using
3693 <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
3694 escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified,
3695 then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3696
3697 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
7354900d
DW
3698 </listitem>
3699 </varlistentry>
3700
3701 <varlistentry>
3702 <term><varname>SendVendorOption=</varname></term>
3703 <listitem>
3704 <para>Send a vendor option with value via DHCPv4 server. Takes a DHCP option number, data type
3705 and data (<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
1d3a473b 3706 The option number is an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of <literal>uint8</literal>,
d8b736bd
YW
3707 <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>, <literal>ipv4address</literal>, or
3708 <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data string may be escaped using
3709 <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
3710 escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified,
3711 then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3712
3713 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d8b736bd 3714 </listitem>
564ca984 3715 </varlistentry>
21b6b87e
YA
3716 <varlistentry>
3717 <term><varname>BindToInterface=</varname></term>
11c38d3e
YA
3718 <listitem>
3719 <para>Takes a boolean value. When <literal>yes</literal>, DHCP server socket will be bound
3720 to its network interface and all socket communication will be restricted to this interface.
3721 Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>, except if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is used (see below),
84b10e53 3722 in which case it defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3723
3724 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
11c38d3e
YA
3725 </listitem>
3726 </varlistentry>
3727 <varlistentry>
3728 <term><varname>RelayTarget=</varname></term>
3729 <listitem>
3730 <para>Takes an IPv4 address, which must be in the format described in
3731 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
3732 Turns this DHCP server into a DHCP relay agent. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1542">RFC 1542</ulink>.
3733 The address is the address of DHCP server or another relay agent to forward DHCP messages to and from.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3734
3735 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
11c38d3e
YA
3736 </listitem>
3737 </varlistentry>
3738 <varlistentry>
3739 <term><varname>RelayAgentCircuitId=</varname></term>
3740 <listitem>
3741 <para>Specifies value for Agent Circuit ID suboption of Relay Agent Information option.
3742 Takes a string, which must be in the format <literal>string:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>,
3743 where <literal><replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> should be replaced with the value of the suboption.
3744 Defaults to unset (means no Agent Circuit ID suboption is generated).
3745 Ignored if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is not specified.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3746
3747 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
11c38d3e
YA
3748 </listitem>
3749 </varlistentry>
3750 <varlistentry>
3751 <term><varname>RelayAgentRemoteId=</varname></term>
3752 <listitem>
3753 <para>Specifies value for Agent Remote ID suboption of Relay Agent Information option.
3754 Takes a string, which must be in the format <literal>string:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>,
3755 where <literal><replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> should be replaced with the value of the suboption.
3756 Defaults to unset (means no Agent Remote ID suboption is generated).
3757 Ignored if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is not specified.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3758
3759 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
21b6b87e
YA
3760 </listitem>
3761 </varlistentry>
564ca984 3762
ad943783
LP
3763 </variablelist>
3764 </refsect1>
3765
c517a49b 3766 <refsect1>
3767 <title>[DHCPServerStaticLease] Section Options</title>
be0d27ee
ZJS
3768 <para>The <literal>[DHCPServerStaticLease]</literal> section configures a static DHCP lease to assign a
3769 fixed IPv4 address to a specific device based on its MAC address. This section can be specified multiple
3770 times.</para>
c517a49b 3771
3772 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
3773 <varlistentry>
3774 <term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term>
3775
aefdc112
AK
3776 <listitem><para>The hardware address of a device to match. This key is mandatory.</para>
3777
3778 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem>
c517a49b 3779 </varlistentry>
3780
3781 <varlistentry>
3782 <term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
3783
be0d27ee 3784 <listitem><para>The IPv4 address that should be assigned to the device that was matched with
ec07c3c8
AK
3785 <varname>MACAddress=</varname>. This key is mandatory.</para>
3786
3787 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem>
c517a49b 3788 </varlistentry>
3789 </variablelist>
3790 </refsect1>
3791
798d3a52 3792 <refsect1>
e5ff2245
YW
3793 <title>[IPv6SendRA] Section Options</title>
3794 <para>The [IPv6SendRA] section contains settings for sending IPv6 Router Advertisements and whether
3795 to act as a router, if enabled via the <varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> option described above. IPv6
3796 network prefixes or routes are defined with one or more [IPv6Prefix] or [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections.
3797 </para>
3f9e0236
PF
3798
3799 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
3800
3801 <varlistentry>
3802 <term><varname>Managed=</varname></term>
3803 <term><varname>OtherInformation=</varname></term>
3804
9b6ffef3
YW
3805 <listitem><para>Takes a boolean. Controls whether a DHCPv6 server is used to acquire IPv6
3806 addresses on the network link when <varname>Managed=</varname>
3f9e0236
PF
3807 is set to <literal>true</literal> or if only additional network
3808 information can be obtained via DHCPv6 for the network link when
9b6ffef3 3809 <varname>OtherInformation=</varname> is set to
3f9e0236
PF
3810 <literal>true</literal>. Both settings default to
3811 <literal>false</literal>, which means that a DHCPv6 server is not being
aefdc112
AK
3812 used.</para>
3813
3814 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
3815 </varlistentry>
3816
3817 <varlistentry>
3818 <term><varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
3819
17cd1f62
ZJS
3820 <listitem><para>Takes a timespan. Configures the IPv6 router lifetime in seconds. The value must be 0
3821 seconds, or between 4 seconds and 9000 seconds. When set to 0, the host is not acting as a router.
3822 Defaults to 1800 seconds (30 minutes).</para>
aefdc112
AK
3823
3824 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
3f9e0236
PF
3825 </listitem>
3826 </varlistentry>
3827
fdc4c67c
SS
3828 <varlistentry>
3829 <term><varname>RetransmitSec=</varname></term>
3830
3831 <listitem><para>Takes a timespan. Configures the retransmit time, used by clients to retransmit Neighbor
3832 Solicitation messages on address resolution and the Neighbor Unreachability Detection algorithm.
3833 An integer the default unit of seconds, in the range 0…4294967295 msec. Defaults to 0.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3834
3835 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
fdc4c67c
SS
3836 </listitem>
3837 </varlistentry>
3838
3f9e0236
PF
3839 <varlistentry>
3840 <term><varname>RouterPreference=</varname></term>
3841
3842 <listitem><para>Configures IPv6 router preference if
3843 <varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname> is non-zero. Valid values are
3844 <literal>high</literal>, <literal>medium</literal> and
3845 <literal>low</literal>, with <literal>normal</literal> and
3846 <literal>default</literal> added as synonyms for
3847 <literal>medium</literal> just to make configuration easier. See
3848 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4191">RFC 4191</ulink>
aefdc112
AK
3849 for details. Defaults to <literal>medium</literal>.</para>
3850
3851 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
3852 </varlistentry>
3853
b26c3452
SS
3854 <varlistentry>
3855 <term><varname>HopLimit=</varname></term>
3856 <listitem>
3857 <para>Configures hop limit. Takes an integer in the range 0…255. See also
3858 <varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
3859
3860 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
b26c3452
SS
3861 </listitem>
3862 </varlistentry>
3863
63295b42
YW
3864 <varlistentry>
3865 <term><varname>UplinkInterface=</varname></term>
3866 <listitem><para>Specifies the name or the index of the uplink interface, or one of the special
3867 values <literal>:none</literal> and <literal>:auto</literal>. When emitting DNS servers or
3868 search domains is enabled but no servers are specified, the servers configured in the uplink
f6032ff3 3869 interface will be emitted. When <literal>:auto</literal>, the value specified to the same
a27588d4
YW
3870 setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section will be used if
3871 <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled, otherwise the link which has a default
f6032ff3 3872 gateway with the highest priority will be automatically selected. When <literal>:none</literal>,
ec07c3c8
AK
3873 no uplink interface will be selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para>
3874
3875 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
63295b42
YW
3876 </varlistentry>
3877
3f9e0236 3878 <varlistentry>
4cb8478c 3879 <term><varname>EmitDNS=</varname></term>
3f9e0236
PF
3880 <term><varname>DNS=</varname></term>
3881
63295b42
YW
3882 <listitem><para><varname>DNS=</varname> specifies a list of recursive DNS server IPv6 addresses
3883 that are distributed via Router Advertisement messages when <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> is true.
3884 <varname>DNS=</varname> also takes special value <literal>_link_local</literal>; in that case
f81ac115 3885 the IPv6 link-local address is distributed. If <varname>DNS=</varname> is empty, DNS servers are
63295b42
YW
3886 read from the [Network] section. If the [Network] section does not contain any DNS servers
3887 either, DNS servers from the uplink interface specified in <varname>UplinkInterface=</varname>
3888 will be used. When <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> is false, no DNS server information is sent in
aefdc112
AK
3889 Router Advertisement messages. <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> defaults to true.</para>
3890
3891 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
3892 </varlistentry>
3893
760021c0 3894 <varlistentry>
4cb8478c 3895 <term><varname>EmitDomains=</varname></term>
760021c0
PF
3896 <term><varname>Domains=</varname></term>
3897
bdac5608 3898 <listitem><para>A list of DNS search domains distributed via Router Advertisement messages when
63295b42
YW
3899 <varname>EmitDomains=</varname> is true. If <varname>Domains=</varname> is empty, DNS search
3900 domains are read from the [Network] section. If the [Network] section does not contain any DNS
3901 search domains either, DNS search domains from the uplink interface specified in
3902 <varname>UplinkInterface=</varname> will be used. When <varname>EmitDomains=</varname> is false,
3903 no DNS search domain information is sent in Router Advertisement messages.
aefdc112
AK
3904 <varname>EmitDomains=</varname> defaults to true.</para>
3905
3906 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
760021c0
PF
3907 </varlistentry>
3908
3f9e0236
PF
3909 <varlistentry>
3910 <term><varname>DNSLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
3911
9fa25e07
YW
3912 <listitem><para>Lifetime in seconds for the DNS server addresses listed in
3913 <varname>DNS=</varname> and search domains listed in <varname>Domains=</varname>. Defaults to
aefdc112
AK
3914 3600 seconds (one hour).</para>
3915
3916 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
3917 </varlistentry>
3918
6a6d27bc
SS
3919 <varlistentry>
3920 <term><varname>HomeAgent=</varname></term>
3921
3922 <listitem><para>Takes a boolean. Specifies that IPv6 router advertisements which indicates to hosts that
3923 the router acts as a Home Agent and includes a Home Agent Option. Defaults to false. See
3924 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6275">RFC 6275</ulink> for further details.</para>
3925
3926 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
3927 </listitem>
3928 </varlistentry>
3929
3930 <varlistentry>
3931 <term><varname>HomeAgentLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
3932
3933 <listitem><para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the lifetime of the Home Agent. An integer the default unit of seconds,
3934 in the range 1…65535. Defaults to the value set to <varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname>.</para>
3935
3936 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
3937 </listitem>
3938 </varlistentry>
3939
3940 <varlistentry>
3941 <term><varname>HomeAgentPreference=</varname></term>
3942
3943 <listitem><para>Configures IPv6 Home Agent preference. Takes an integer in the range 0…65535.
3944 Defaults to 0.</para>
3945
3946 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
3947 </listitem>
3948 </varlistentry>
3949
3f9e0236
PF
3950 </variablelist>
3951 </refsect1>
3952
203d4df5 3953 <refsect1>
3f9e0236 3954 <title>[IPv6Prefix] Section Options</title>
e9dd6984
ZJS
3955 <para>One or more [IPv6Prefix] sections contain the IPv6 prefixes that are announced via Router
3956 Advertisements. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4861">RFC 4861</ulink> for further
3957 details.</para>
3f9e0236
PF
3958
3959 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
3960
3961 <varlistentry>
3962 <term><varname>AddressAutoconfiguration=</varname></term>
3963 <term><varname>OnLink=</varname></term>
3964
9b6ffef3 3965 <listitem><para>Takes a boolean to specify whether IPv6 addresses can be
3f9e0236
PF
3966 autoconfigured with this prefix and whether the prefix can be used for
3967 onlink determination. Both settings default to <literal>true</literal>
3968 in order to ease configuration.
ec07c3c8
AK
3969 </para>
3970
3971 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
3972 </varlistentry>
3973
3974 <varlistentry>
3975 <term><varname>Prefix=</varname></term>
3976
15102ced 3977 <listitem><para>The IPv6 prefix that is to be distributed to hosts. Similarly to configuring static
bdac5608
ZJS
3978 IPv6 addresses, the setting is configured as an IPv6 prefix and its prefix length, separated by a
3979 <literal>/</literal> character. Use multiple [IPv6Prefix] sections to configure multiple IPv6
3980 prefixes since prefix lifetimes, address autoconfiguration and onlink status may differ from one
ec07c3c8
AK
3981 prefix to another.</para>
3982
3983 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
3984 </varlistentry>
3985
3986 <varlistentry>
3987 <term><varname>PreferredLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
3988 <term><varname>ValidLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
3989
c9e2c2da
YW
3990 <listitem><para>Preferred and valid lifetimes for the prefix measured in seconds.
3991 <varname>PreferredLifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 1800 seconds (30 minutes) and
ec07c3c8
AK
3992 <varname>ValidLifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).</para>
3993
3994 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
203d4df5
SS
3995 </varlistentry>
3996
bd6379ec
SS
3997 <varlistentry>
3998 <term><varname>Assign=</varname></term>
3999 <listitem><para>Takes a boolean. When true, adds an address from the prefix. Default to false.
ec07c3c8
AK
4000 </para>
4001
4002 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem>
bd6379ec 4003 </varlistentry>
0e1fb1d0 4004
e609cd06
YW
4005 <varlistentry>
4006 <term><varname>Token=</varname></term>
4007 <listitem>
4008 <para>Specifies an optional address generation mode for assigning an address in each
4009 prefix. This accepts the same syntax as <varname>Token=</varname> in the [IPv6AcceptRA]
4010 section. If <varname>Assign=</varname> is set to false, then this setting will be ignored.
4011 Defaults to unset, which means the EUI-64 algorithm will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4012
4013 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
e609cd06
YW
4014 </listitem>
4015 </varlistentry>
4016
0e1fb1d0
YW
4017 <varlistentry>
4018 <term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
4019 <listitem>
4020 <para>The metric of the prefix route. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295.
4021 When unset or set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. This setting is ignored when
4022 <varname>Assign=</varname> is false.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4023
4024 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
0e1fb1d0
YW
4025 </listitem>
4026 </varlistentry>
203d4df5
SS
4027 </variablelist>
4028 </refsect1>
4029
4030 <refsect1>
4031 <title>[IPv6RoutePrefix] Section Options</title>
bdac5608 4032 <para>One or more [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections contain the IPv6
203d4df5
SS
4033 prefix routes that are announced via Router Advertisements. See
4034 <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4191">RFC 4191</ulink>
4035 for further details.</para>
4036
4037 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4038
4039 <varlistentry>
4040 <term><varname>Route=</varname></term>
4041
15102ced 4042 <listitem><para>The IPv6 route that is to be distributed to hosts. Similarly to configuring static
bdac5608 4043 IPv6 routes, the setting is configured as an IPv6 prefix routes and its prefix route length,
69a7d108 4044 separated by a <literal>/</literal> character. Use multiple [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections to configure
ec07c3c8
AK
4045 multiple IPv6 prefix routes.</para>
4046
4047 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem>
203d4df5
SS
4048 </varlistentry>
4049
4050 <varlistentry>
4051 <term><varname>LifetimeSec=</varname></term>
4052
c9e2c2da 4053 <listitem><para>Lifetime for the route prefix measured in seconds.
ec07c3c8
AK
4054 <varname>LifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).</para>
4055
4056 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem>
3f9e0236
PF
4057 </varlistentry>
4058
4059 </variablelist>
4060 </refsect1>
4061
1925f829
SS
4062 <refsect1>
4063 <title>[IPv6PREF64Prefix] Section Options</title>
4064 <para>One or more [IPv6PREF64Prefix] sections contain the IPv6 PREF64 (or NAT64) prefixes that are announced via Router
4065 Advertisements. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8781">RFC 8781</ulink> for further
4066 details.</para>
4067
4068 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4069
4070 <varlistentry>
4071 <term><varname>Prefix=</varname></term>
4072
4073 <listitem><para>The IPv6 PREF64 (or NAT64) prefix that is to be distributed to hosts. The setting holds
4074 an IPv6 prefix that should be set up for NAT64 translation (PLAT) to allow 464XLAT on the network segment.
4075 Use multiple [IPv6PREF64Prefix] sections to configure multiple IPv6 prefixes since prefix lifetime may differ
4076 from one prefix to another. The prefix is an address with a prefix length, separated by a slash
ec07c3c8
AK
4077 <literal>/</literal> character. Valid NAT64 prefix length are 96, 64, 56, 48, 40, and 32 bits.</para>
4078
4079 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem></varlistentry>
1925f829
SS
4080
4081 <varlistentry>
4082 <term><varname>LifetimeSec=</varname></term>
4083 <listitem><para>Lifetime for the prefix measured in seconds. Should be greater than or equal to <varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname>.
ec07c3c8
AK
4084 <varname>LifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 1800 seconds.</para>
4085
4086 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem>
1925f829
SS
4087 </varlistentry>
4088 </variablelist>
4089 </refsect1>
4090
3f9e0236 4091 <refsect1>
798d3a52 4092 <title>[Bridge] Section Options</title>
bdac5608 4093 <para>The [Bridge] section accepts the following keys:</para>
798d3a52 4094 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
165c41a9
SS
4095 <varlistentry>
4096 <term><varname>UnicastFlood=</varname></term>
4097 <listitem>
9b6ffef3 4098 <para>Takes a boolean. Controls whether the bridge should flood
072f9e4a 4099 traffic for which an FDB entry is missing and the destination
025314d9 4100 is unknown through this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
47c7dfe2 4101 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4102
4103 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
165c41a9
SS
4104 </listitem>
4105 </varlistentry>
7f15b714
TJ
4106 <varlistentry>
4107 <term><varname>MulticastFlood=</varname></term>
4108 <listitem>
4109 <para>Takes a boolean. Controls whether the bridge should flood
4110 traffic for which an MDB entry is missing and the destination
4111 is unknown through this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
4112 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4113
4114 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
7f15b714
TJ
4115 </listitem>
4116 </varlistentry>
d3aa8b49
SS
4117 <varlistentry>
4118 <term><varname>MulticastToUnicast=</varname></term>
4119 <listitem>
4120 <para>Takes a boolean. Multicast to unicast works on top of the multicast snooping feature of
4121 the bridge. Which means unicast copies are only delivered to hosts which are interested in it.
4122 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
4123 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4124
4125 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
d3aa8b49
SS
4126 </listitem>
4127 </varlistentry>
7f15b714
TJ
4128 <varlistentry>
4129 <term><varname>NeighborSuppression=</varname></term>
4130 <listitem>
4131 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether ARP and ND neighbor suppression is enabled for
4132 this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
4133 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4134
4135 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
7f15b714
TJ
4136 </listitem>
4137 </varlistentry>
4138 <varlistentry>
4139 <term><varname>Learning=</varname></term>
4140 <listitem>
4141 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether MAC address learning is enabled for
4142 this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
4143 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4144
4145 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
7f15b714
TJ
4146 </listitem>
4147 </varlistentry>
165c41a9
SS
4148 <varlistentry>
4149 <term><varname>HairPin=</varname></term>
4150 <listitem>
e9dd6984
ZJS
4151 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether traffic may be sent back out of the port on which it
4152 was received. When this flag is false, then the bridge will not forward traffic back out of the
4153 receiving port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4154
4155 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
165c41a9
SS
4156 </listitem>
4157 </varlistentry>
97f27f8a
SW
4158 <varlistentry>
4159 <term><varname>Isolated=</varname></term>
4160 <listitem>
4161 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether this port is isolated or not. Within a bridge,
4162 isolated ports can only communicate with non-isolated ports. When set to true, this port can only
4163 communicate with other ports whose Isolated setting is false. When set to false, this port
4164 can communicate with any other ports. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4165
4166 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/>
97f27f8a
SW
4167 </listitem>
4168 </varlistentry>
165c41a9 4169 <varlistentry>
84c34096 4170 <term><varname>UseBPDU=</varname></term>
165c41a9 4171 <listitem>
9b6ffef3 4172 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether STP Bridge Protocol Data Units will be
025314d9 4173 processed by the bridge port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4174
4175 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
165c41a9
SS
4176 </listitem>
4177 </varlistentry>
4178 <varlistentry>
4179 <term><varname>FastLeave=</varname></term>
4180 <listitem>
9b6ffef3 4181 <para>Takes a boolean. This flag allows the bridge to immediately stop multicast
a8eaaee7 4182 traffic on a port that receives an IGMP Leave message. It is only used with
025314d9 4183 IGMP snooping if enabled on the bridge. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4184
4185 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
165c41a9
SS
4186 </listitem>
4187 </varlistentry>
4188 <varlistentry>
23da66bb 4189 <term><varname>AllowPortToBeRoot=</varname></term>
165c41a9 4190 <listitem>
9b6ffef3 4191 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether a given port is allowed to
47c7dfe2 4192 become a root port. Only used when STP is enabled on the bridge.
025314d9 4193 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4194
4195 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
165c41a9
SS
4196 </listitem>
4197 </varlistentry>
1087623b
SS
4198 <varlistentry>
4199 <term><varname>ProxyARP=</varname></term>
4200 <listitem>
4201 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether proxy ARP to be enabled on this port.
4202 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4203
4204 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
1087623b
SS
4205 </listitem>
4206 </varlistentry>
4207 <varlistentry>
4208 <term><varname>ProxyARPWiFi=</varname></term>
4209 <listitem>
4210 <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether proxy ARP to be enabled on this port
4211 which meets extended requirements by IEEE 802.11 and Hotspot 2.0 specifications.
4212 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4213
4214 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
1087623b
SS
4215 </listitem>
4216 </varlistentry>
0fadb2a4
SS
4217 <varlistentry>
4218 <term><varname>MulticastRouter=</varname></term>
4219 <listitem>
4220 <para>Configures this port for having multicast routers attached. A port with a multicast
4221 router will receive all multicast traffic. Takes one of <literal>no</literal>
4222 to disable multicast routers on this port, <literal>query</literal> to let the system detect
4223 the presence of routers, <literal>permanent</literal> to permanently enable multicast traffic
4224 forwarding on this port, or <literal>temporary</literal> to enable multicast routers temporarily
4225 on this port, not depending on incoming queries. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4226
4227 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
0fadb2a4
SS
4228 </listitem>
4229 </varlistentry>
798d3a52
ZJS
4230 <varlistentry>
4231 <term><varname>Cost=</varname></term>
4232 <listitem>
47c7dfe2 4233 <para>Sets the "cost" of sending packets of this interface.
a8eaaee7 4234 Each port in a bridge may have a different speed and the cost
798d3a52 4235 is used to decide which link to use. Faster interfaces
785889e5 4236 should have lower costs. It is an integer value between 1 and
b56be296 4237 65535.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4238
4239 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/>
b56be296
DJL
4240 </listitem>
4241 </varlistentry>
4242 <varlistentry>
4243 <term><varname>Priority=</varname></term>
4244 <listitem>
4245 <para>Sets the "priority" of sending packets on this interface.
4246 Each port in a bridge may have a different priority which is used
4247 to decide which link to use. Lower value means higher priority.
785889e5 4248 It is an integer value between 0 to 63. Networkd does not set any
b56be296 4249 default, meaning the kernel default value of 32 is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4250
4251 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
798d3a52
ZJS
4252 </listitem>
4253 </varlistentry>
4254 </variablelist>
4255 </refsect1>
798d3a52
ZJS
4256 <refsect1>
4257 <title>[BridgeFDB] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4258 <para>The [BridgeFDB] section manages the forwarding database table of a port and accepts the following
4259 keys. Specify several [BridgeFDB] sections to configure several static MAC table entries.</para>
798d3a52
ZJS
4260
4261 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4262 <varlistentry>
4263 <term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term>
4264 <listitem>
bdac5608 4265 <para>As in the [Network] section. This key is mandatory.</para>
aefdc112
AK
4266
4267 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
798d3a52
ZJS
4268 </listitem>
4269 </varlistentry>
c2c2793f
SS
4270 <varlistentry>
4271 <term><varname>Destination=</varname></term>
4272 <listitem>
4273 <para>Takes an IP address of the destination VXLAN tunnel endpoint.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4274
4275 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
c2c2793f
SS
4276 </listitem>
4277 </varlistentry>
798d3a52
ZJS
4278 <varlistentry>
4279 <term><varname>VLANId=</varname></term>
4280 <listitem>
a8eaaee7 4281 <para>The VLAN ID for the new static MAC table entry. If
db9b9fb9 4282 omitted, no VLAN ID information is appended to the new static MAC
798d3a52 4283 table entry.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4284
4285 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
798d3a52
ZJS
4286 </listitem>
4287 </varlistentry>
61b824c5
SS
4288 <varlistentry>
4289 <term><varname>VNI=</varname></term>
4290 <listitem>
4291 <para>The VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment ID) to use to connect to
1d3a473b 4292 the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. Takes a number in the range 1…16777215.
61b824c5 4293 Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4294
4295 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
61b824c5
SS
4296 </listitem>
4297 </varlistentry>
bdb397ed
SS
4298 <varlistentry>
4299 <term><varname>AssociatedWith=</varname></term>
4300 <listitem>
4301 <para>Specifies where the address is associated with. Takes one of <literal>use</literal>,
4302 <literal>self</literal>, <literal>master</literal> or <literal>router</literal>.
4303 <literal>use</literal> means the address is in use. User space can use this option to
4304 indicate to the kernel that the fdb entry is in use. <literal>self</literal> means
4305 the address is associated with the port drivers fdb. Usually hardware. <literal>master</literal>
4306 means the address is associated with master devices fdb. <literal>router</literal> means
4307 the destination address is associated with a router. Note that it's valid if the referenced
4308 device is a VXLAN type device and has route shortcircuit enabled. Defaults to <literal>self</literal>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4309
4310 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
bdb397ed
SS
4311 </listitem>
4312 </varlistentry>
af99cdf4
SS
4313 <varlistentry>
4314 <term><varname>OutgoingInterface=</varname></term>
4315 <listitem>
4316 <para>Specifies the name or index of the outgoing interface for the VXLAN device driver to
4317 reach the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4318
4319 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
af99cdf4
SS
4320 </listitem>
4321 </varlistentry>
798d3a52
ZJS
4322 </variablelist>
4323 </refsect1>
a1717e9a
DM
4324 <refsect1>
4325 <title>[BridgeMDB] Section Options</title>
4326 <para>The [BridgeMDB] section manages the multicast membership entries forwarding database table of a port and accepts the following
4327 keys. Specify several [BridgeMDB] sections to configure several permanent multicast membership entries.</para>
4328
4329 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4330 <varlistentry>
4331 <term><varname>MulticastGroupAddress=</varname></term>
4332 <listitem>
4333 <para>Specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 multicast group address to add. This setting is mandatory.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4334
4335 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
a1717e9a
DM
4336 </listitem>
4337 </varlistentry>
4338 <varlistentry>
4339 <term><varname>VLANId=</varname></term>
4340 <listitem>
4341 <para>The VLAN ID for the new entry. Valid ranges are 0 (no VLAN) to 4094. Optional, defaults to 0.</para>
aefdc112
AK
4342
4343 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
a1717e9a
DM
4344 </listitem>
4345 </varlistentry>
4346 </variablelist>
4347 </refsect1>
06828bb6 4348
e9a8c550
SS
4349 <refsect1>
4350 <title>[LLDP] Section Options</title>
bdac5608 4351 <para>The [LLDP] section manages the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) and accepts the following
885a4e6c 4352 keys:</para>
e9a8c550
SS
4353 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4354 <varlistentry>
4355 <term><varname>MUDURL=</varname></term>
4356 <listitem>
0558f303
ZJS
4357 <para>When configured, the specified Manufacturer Usage Descriptions (MUD) URL will be sent in
4358 LLDP packets. The syntax and semantics are the same as for <varname>MUDURL=</varname> in the
4359 [DHCPv4] section described above.</para>
4360
4361 <para>The MUD URLs received via LLDP packets are saved and can be read using the
e9a8c550 4362 <function>sd_lldp_neighbor_get_mud_url()</function> function.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4363
4364 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
e9a8c550
SS
4365 </listitem>
4366 </varlistentry>
4367 </variablelist>
4368 </refsect1>
4369
06828bb6
HP
4370 <refsect1>
4371 <title>[CAN] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4372 <para>The [CAN] section manages the Controller Area Network (CAN bus) and accepts the
4373 following keys:</para>
06828bb6
HP
4374 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4375 <varlistentry>
4376 <term><varname>BitRate=</varname></term>
4377 <listitem>
4378 <para>The bitrate of CAN device in bits per second. The usual SI prefixes (K, M) with the base of 1000 can
1d3a473b 4379 be used here. Takes a number in the range 1…4294967295.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4380
4381 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
06828bb6
HP
4382 </listitem>
4383 </varlistentry>
4384 <varlistentry>
4385 <term><varname>SamplePoint=</varname></term>
4386 <listitem>
4387 <para>Optional sample point in percent with one decimal (e.g. <literal>75%</literal>,
817561cc
YW
4388 <literal>87.5%</literal>) or permille (e.g. <literal>875‰</literal>). This will be ignored when
4389 <varname>BitRate=</varname> is unspecified.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4390
4391 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
06828bb6
HP
4392 </listitem>
4393 </varlistentry>
b164b570
YW
4394 <varlistentry>
4395 <term><varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname></term>
4396 <term><varname>PropagationSegment=</varname></term>
4397 <term><varname>PhaseBufferSegment1=</varname></term>
4398 <term><varname>PhaseBufferSegment2=</varname></term>
4399 <term><varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname></term>
4400 <listitem>
4401 <para>Specifies the time quanta, propagation segment, phase buffer segment 1 and 2, and the
6eed65d4 4402 synchronization jump width, which allow one to define the CAN bit-timing in a hardware
b164b570
YW
4403 independent format as proposed by the Bosch CAN 2.0 Specification.
4404 <varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> takes a timespan in nanoseconds.
4405 <varname>PropagationSegment=</varname>, <varname>PhaseBufferSegment1=</varname>,
4406 <varname>PhaseBufferSegment2=</varname>, and <varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname> take number
4407 of time quantum specified in <varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> and must be an unsigned
4408 integer in the range 0…4294967295. These settings except for
4409 <varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname> will be ignored when <varname>BitRate=</varname> is
4410 specified.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4411
4412 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
06828bb6
HP
4413 </listitem>
4414 </varlistentry>
7e025e9c
RP
4415 <varlistentry>
4416 <term><varname>DataBitRate=</varname></term>
4417 <term><varname>DataSamplePoint=</varname></term>
4418 <listitem>
4419 <para>The bitrate and sample point for the data phase, if CAN-FD is used. These settings are
4420 analogous to the <varname>BitRate=</varname> and <varname>SamplePoint=</varname> keys.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4421
4422 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
7e025e9c
RP
4423 </listitem>
4424 </varlistentry>
b164b570
YW
4425 <varlistentry>
4426 <term><varname>DataTimeQuantaNSec=</varname></term>
4427 <term><varname>DataPropagationSegment=</varname></term>
4428 <term><varname>DataPhaseBufferSegment1=</varname></term>
4429 <term><varname>DataPhaseBufferSegment2=</varname></term>
4430 <term><varname>DataSyncJumpWidth=</varname></term>
4431 <listitem>
4432 <para>Specifies the time quanta, propagation segment, phase buffer segment 1 and 2, and the
4433 synchronization jump width for the data phase, if CAN-FD is used. These settings are
4434 analogous to the <varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> or related settings.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4435
4436 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
b164b570
YW
4437 </listitem>
4438 </varlistentry>
7e025e9c
RP
4439 <varlistentry>
4440 <term><varname>FDMode=</varname></term>
4441 <listitem>
4442 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, CAN-FD mode is enabled for the interface.
4443 Note, that a bitrate and optional sample point should also be set for the CAN-FD data phase using
b164b570
YW
4444 the <varname>DataBitRate=</varname> and <varname>DataSamplePoint=</varname> keys, or
4445 <varname>DataTimeQuanta=</varname> and related settings.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4446
4447 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
7e025e9c
RP
4448 </listitem>
4449 </varlistentry>
4450 <varlistentry>
4451 <term><varname>FDNonISO=</varname></term>
4452 <listitem>
4453 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, non-ISO CAN-FD mode is enabled for the
4454 interface. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4455
4456 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
7e025e9c
RP
4457 </listitem>
4458 </varlistentry>
06828bb6
HP
4459 <varlistentry>
4460 <term><varname>RestartSec=</varname></term>
4461 <listitem>
4462 <para>Automatic restart delay time. If set to a non-zero value, a restart of the CAN controller will be
4463 triggered automatically in case of a bus-off condition after the specified delay time. Subsecond delays can
4464 be specified using decimals (e.g. <literal>0.1s</literal>) or a <literal>ms</literal> or
4465 <literal>us</literal> postfix. Using <literal>infinity</literal> or <literal>0</literal> will turn the
4466 automatic restart off. By default automatic restart is disabled.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4467
4468 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
06828bb6
HP
4469 </listitem>
4470 </varlistentry>
52aa38f1
MR
4471 <varlistentry>
4472 <term><varname>Termination=</varname></term>
4473 <listitem>
69978eb9 4474 <para>Takes a boolean or a termination resistor value in ohm in the range 0…65535. When
239f91f7
YW
4475 <literal>yes</literal>, the termination resistor is set to 120 ohm. When
4476 <literal>no</literal> or <literal>0</literal> is set, the termination resistor is disabled.
4477 When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4478
4479 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
52aa38f1
MR
4480 </listitem>
4481 </varlistentry>
c423be28
CG
4482 <varlistentry>
4483 <term><varname>TripleSampling=</varname></term>
4484 <listitem>
4485 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, three samples (instead of one) are used to determine
4486 the value of a received bit by majority rule. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4487
4488 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
c423be28
CG
4489 </listitem>
4490 </varlistentry>
77b67404
4491 <varlistentry>
4492 <term><varname>BusErrorReporting=</varname></term>
4493 <listitem>
4494 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, reporting of CAN bus errors is activated
4495 (those include single bit, frame format, and bit stuffing errors, unable to send dominant bit,
4496 unable to send recessive bit, bus overload, active error announcement, error occurred on
4497 transmission). When unset, the kernel's default will be used. Note: in case of a CAN bus with a
4498 single CAN device, sending a CAN frame may result in a huge number of CAN bus errors.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4499
4500 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
77b67404
4501 </listitem>
4502 </varlistentry>
74f0fb90
YW
4503 <varlistentry>
4504 <term><varname>ListenOnly=</varname></term>
4505 <listitem>
4506 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, listen-only mode is enabled. When the
4507 interface is in listen-only mode, the interface neither transmit CAN frames nor send ACK
4508 bit. Listen-only mode is important to debug CAN networks without interfering with the
4509 communication or acknowledge the CAN frame. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
4510 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4511
4512 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
74f0fb90
YW
4513 </listitem>
4514 </varlistentry>
6dd84c9e
YW
4515 <varlistentry>
4516 <term><varname>Loopback=</varname></term>
4517 <listitem>
4518 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, loopback mode is enabled. When the
4519 loopback mode is enabled, the interface treats messages transmitted by itself as received
4520 messages. The loopback mode is important to debug CAN networks. When unset, the kernel's
4521 default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4522
4523 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
6dd84c9e
YW
4524 </listitem>
4525 </varlistentry>
4526 <varlistentry>
4527 <term><varname>OneShot=</varname></term>
4528 <listitem>
4529 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, one-shot mode is enabled. When unset,
4530 the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4531
4532 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
6dd84c9e
YW
4533 </listitem>
4534 </varlistentry>
4535 <varlistentry>
4536 <term><varname>PresumeAck=</varname></term>
4537 <listitem>
4538 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, the interface will ignore missing CAN
4539 ACKs. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4540
4541 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
6dd84c9e
YW
4542 </listitem>
4543 </varlistentry>
4544 <varlistentry>
4545 <term><varname>ClassicDataLengthCode=</varname></term>
4546 <listitem>
4547 <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, the interface will handle the 4bit data
4548 length code (DLC). When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4549
4550 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
6dd84c9e
YW
4551 </listitem>
4552 </varlistentry>
06828bb6 4553 </variablelist>
72e65e6f
YW
4554 </refsect1>
4555
4556 <refsect1>
4557 <title>[IPoIB] Section Options</title>
4558 <para>The [IPoIB] section manages the IP over Infiniband and accepts the following keys:</para>
4559 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4560 <xi:include href="systemd.netdev.xml" xpointer="ipoib_mode" />
4561 <xi:include href="systemd.netdev.xml" xpointer="ipoib_umcast" />
4562 </variablelist>
06828bb6
HP
4563 </refsect1>
4564
2ed5f6d5
YW
4565 <refsect1>
4566 <title>[QDisc] Section Options</title>
bdac5608 4567 <para>The [QDisc] section manages the traffic control queueing discipline (qdisc).</para>
2ed5f6d5
YW
4568
4569 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4570 <varlistentry>
4571 <term><varname>Parent=</varname></term>
4572 <listitem>
4573 <para>Specifies the parent Queueing Discipline (qdisc). Takes one of <literal>clsact</literal>
4574 or <literal>ingress</literal>. This is mandatory.</para>
aefdc112
AK
4575
4576 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
2ed5f6d5
YW
4577 </listitem>
4578 </varlistentry>
d8b2396d 4579
f344a492 4580 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
2ed5f6d5
YW
4581 </variablelist>
4582 </refsect1>
4583
0f5bd7fe 4584 <refsect1>
18de0969 4585 <title>[NetworkEmulator] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4586 <para>The [NetworkEmulator] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of the network emulator. It
4587 can be used to configure the kernel packet scheduler and simulate packet delay and loss for UDP or TCP
4588 applications, or limit the bandwidth usage of a particular service to simulate internet connections.
4589 </para>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4590
4591 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4592 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4593 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 4594
0f5bd7fe 4595 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4596 <term><varname>DelaySec=</varname></term>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4597 <listitem>
4598 <para>Specifies the fixed amount of delay to be added to all packets going out of the
4599 interface. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4600
4601 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4602 </listitem>
4603 </varlistentry>
4604
4605 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4606 <term><varname>DelayJitterSec=</varname></term>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4607 <listitem>
4608 <para>Specifies the chosen delay to be added to the packets outgoing to the network
4609 interface. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4610
4611 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4612 </listitem>
4613 </varlistentry>
4614
4615 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4616 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4617 <listitem>
4618 <para>Specifies the maximum number of packets the qdisc may hold queued at a time.
69978eb9 4619 An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to 1000.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4620
4621 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4622 </listitem>
4623 </varlistentry>
4624
4625 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4626 <term><varname>LossRate=</varname></term>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4627 <listitem>
4628 <para>Specifies an independent loss probability to be added to the packets outgoing from the
4629 network interface. Takes a percentage value, suffixed with "%". Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4630
4631 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
0f5bd7fe
SS
4632 </listitem>
4633 </varlistentry>
4634
b9c5aa3c 4635 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4636 <term><varname>DuplicateRate=</varname></term>
b9c5aa3c
SS
4637 <listitem>
4638 <para>Specifies that the chosen percent of packets is duplicated before queuing them.
4639 Takes a percentage value, suffixed with "%". Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4640
4641 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
b9c5aa3c
SS
4642 </listitem>
4643 </varlistentry>
18de0969
YW
4644 </variablelist>
4645 </refsect1>
b9c5aa3c 4646
18de0969 4647 <refsect1>
60ed2dcf 4648 <title>[TokenBucketFilter] Section Options</title>
e9dd6984
ZJS
4649 <para>The [TokenBucketFilter] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of token bucket filter
4650 (tbf).</para>
18de0969
YW
4651
4652 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4653 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4654 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 4655
18de0969
YW
4656 <varlistentry>
4657 <term><varname>LatencySec=</varname></term>
ba5841b5
SS
4658 <listitem>
4659 <para>Specifies the latency parameter, which specifies the maximum amount of time a
60ed2dcf 4660 packet can sit in the Token Bucket Filter (TBF). Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4661
4662 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ba5841b5
SS
4663 </listitem>
4664 </varlistentry>
4665
dcfc23ae 4666 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 4667 <term><varname>LimitBytes=</varname></term>
dcfc23ae
YW
4668 <listitem>
4669 <para>Takes the number of bytes that can be queued waiting for tokens to become available.
4670 When the size is suffixed with K, M, or G, it is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
c03ef420 4671 respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4672
4673 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
dcfc23ae
YW
4674 </listitem>
4675 </varlistentry>
4676
ba5841b5 4677 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 4678 <term><varname>BurstBytes=</varname></term>
ba5841b5
SS
4679 <listitem>
4680 <para>Specifies the size of the bucket. This is the maximum amount of bytes that tokens
4681 can be available for instantaneous transfer. When the size is suffixed with K, M, or G, it is
c03ef420 4682 parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to
ba5841b5 4683 unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4684
4685 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
ba5841b5
SS
4686 </listitem>
4687 </varlistentry>
4688
4689 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4690 <term><varname>Rate=</varname></term>
ba5841b5
SS
4691 <listitem>
4692 <para>Specifies the device specific bandwidth. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified
6b8fe4c3 4693 bandwidth is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000.
ba5841b5 4694 Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4695
4696 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ba5841b5
SS
4697 </listitem>
4698 </varlistentry>
4699
dcfc23ae 4700 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4701 <term><varname>MPUBytes=</varname></term>
dcfc23ae
YW
4702 <listitem>
4703 <para>The Minimum Packet Unit (MPU) determines the minimal token usage (specified in bytes)
4704 for a packet. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
c03ef420 4705 Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to zero.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4706
4707 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
dcfc23ae
YW
4708 </listitem>
4709 </varlistentry>
4710
4711 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4712 <term><varname>PeakRate=</varname></term>
dcfc23ae
YW
4713 <listitem>
4714 <para>Takes the maximum depletion rate of the bucket. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
6b8fe4c3 4715 specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of
dcfc23ae 4716 1000. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4717
4718 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
dcfc23ae
YW
4719 </listitem>
4720 </varlistentry>
4721
4722 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4723 <term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
dcfc23ae
YW
4724 <listitem>
4725 <para>Specifies the size of the peakrate bucket. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified
c03ef420 4726 size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.
dcfc23ae 4727 Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4728
4729 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
dcfc23ae
YW
4730 </listitem>
4731 </varlistentry>
18de0969
YW
4732 </variablelist>
4733 </refsect1>
4734
bde4ae88
SS
4735 <refsect1>
4736 <title>[PIE] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4737 <para>The [PIE] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Proportional Integral
4738 controller-Enhanced (PIE).</para>
bde4ae88
SS
4739
4740 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4741 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4742 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
bde4ae88
SS
4743
4744 <varlistentry>
4745 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
4746 <listitem>
1d3a473b
ZJS
4747 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
4748 incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
4749 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4750
4751 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
8f6b6d70
SS
4752 </listitem>
4753 </varlistentry>
4754 </variablelist>
4755 </refsect1>
4756
4757 <refsect1>
4758 <title>[FlowQueuePIE] Section Options</title>
4759 <para>The <literal>[FlowQueuePIE]</literal> section manages the queueing discipline
4760 (qdisc) of Flow Queue Proportional Integral controller-Enhanced (fq_pie).</para>
4761
4762 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
4763 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4764 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
4765
4766 <varlistentry>
4767 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
4768 <listitem>
75909cc7
ZJS
4769 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
4770 incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer ranges 1 to 4294967294. Defaults to unset and
4771 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4772
4773 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
bde4ae88
SS
4774 </listitem>
4775 </varlistentry>
4776 </variablelist>
4777 </refsect1>
4778
982998b0
SS
4779 <refsect1>
4780 <title>[StochasticFairBlue] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4781 <para>The [StochasticFairBlue] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of stochastic fair blue
4782 (sfb).</para>
982998b0
SS
4783
4784 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4785 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4786 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
982998b0
SS
4787
4788 <varlistentry>
4789 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
4790 <listitem>
e9dd6984 4791 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
69978eb9 4792 incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
e9dd6984 4793 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4794
4795 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
982998b0
SS
4796 </listitem>
4797 </varlistentry>
4798 </variablelist>
4799 </refsect1>
4800
18de0969
YW
4801 <refsect1>
4802 <title>[StochasticFairnessQueueing] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4803 <para>The [StochasticFairnessQueueing] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of stochastic
4804 fairness queueing (sfq).</para>
18de0969
YW
4805
4806 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4807 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4808 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 4809
9942b710 4810 <varlistentry>
18de0969 4811 <term><varname>PerturbPeriodSec=</varname></term>
9942b710
SS
4812 <listitem>
4813 <para>Specifies the interval in seconds for queue algorithm perturbation. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4814
4815 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
9942b710
SS
4816 </listitem>
4817 </varlistentry>
18de0969
YW
4818 </variablelist>
4819 </refsect1>
4820
c853f594
SS
4821 <refsect1>
4822 <title>[BFIFO] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4823 <para>The [BFIFO] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Byte limited Packet First In First
4824 Out (bfifo).</para>
c853f594
SS
4825
4826 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4827 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4828 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
c853f594
SS
4829
4830 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 4831 <term><varname>LimitBytes=</varname></term>
c853f594 4832 <listitem>
885a4e6c
ZJS
4833 <para>Specifies the hard limit in bytes on the FIFO buffer size. The size limit prevents overflow
4834 in case the kernel is unable to dequeue packets as quickly as it receives them. When this limit is
4835 reached, incoming packets are dropped. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed
4836 as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and
4837 kernel default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4838
4839 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
c853f594
SS
4840 </listitem>
4841 </varlistentry>
4842 </variablelist>
4843 </refsect1>
4844
a7476065
SS
4845 <refsect1>
4846 <title>[PFIFO] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4847 <para>The [PFIFO] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Packet First In First Out
4848 (pfifo).</para>
a7476065
SS
4849
4850 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4851 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4852 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
a7476065
SS
4853
4854 <varlistentry>
4855 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
4856 <listitem>
75909cc7
ZJS
4857 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the number of packets in the FIFO queue. The size limit prevents
4858 overflow in case the kernel is unable to dequeue packets as quickly as it receives them. When this
4859 limit is reached, incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range
69978eb9 4860 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4861
4862 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
a7476065
SS
4863 </listitem>
4864 </varlistentry>
ad8352f4
SS
4865 </variablelist>
4866 </refsect1>
4867
053a2ddb
SS
4868 <refsect1>
4869 <title>[PFIFOHeadDrop] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4870 <para>The [PFIFOHeadDrop] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Packet First In First Out
4871 Head Drop (pfifo_head_drop).</para>
053a2ddb
SS
4872
4873 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4874 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4875 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
053a2ddb
SS
4876
4877 <varlistentry>
4878 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
4879 <listitem>
ec07c3c8
AK
4880 <para>As in [PFIFO] section.</para>
4881
4882 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem>
053a2ddb
SS
4883 </varlistentry>
4884 </variablelist>
4885 </refsect1>
4886
1a95964b
SS
4887 <refsect1>
4888 <title>[PFIFOFast] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4889 <para>The [PFIFOFast] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Packet First In First Out Fast
4890 (pfifo_fast).</para>
1a95964b
SS
4891
4892 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4893 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4894 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
1a95964b
SS
4895 </variablelist>
4896 </refsect1>
4897
ad8352f4
SS
4898 <refsect1>
4899 <title>[CAKE] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
4900 <para>The [CAKE] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Common Applications Kept Enhanced
4901 (CAKE).</para>
ad8352f4
SS
4902
4903 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
4904 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
4905 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
a7476065 4906
ad8352f4 4907 <varlistentry>
ca2c3e92 4908 <term><varname>Bandwidth=</varname></term>
ad8352f4 4909 <listitem>
ca2c3e92
YW
4910 <para>Specifies the shaper bandwidth. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is
4911 parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000. Defaults to
4912 unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4913
4914 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
ad8352f4 4915 </listitem>
f344a492 4916 </varlistentry>
ad8352f4 4917
025cd94e
YW
4918 <varlistentry>
4919 <term><varname>AutoRateIngress=</varname></term>
4920 <listitem>
4921 <para>Takes a boolean value. Enables automatic capacity estimation based on traffic arriving
4922 at this qdisc. This is most likely to be useful with cellular links, which tend to change
4923 quality randomly. If this setting is enabled, the <varname>Bandwidth=</varname> setting is
4924 used as an initial estimate. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4925
4926 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
025cd94e
YW
4927 </listitem>
4928 </varlistentry>
4929
ad8352f4 4930 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 4931 <term><varname>OverheadBytes=</varname></term>
ad8352f4 4932 <listitem>
69978eb9
YW
4933 <para>Specifies that bytes to be addeded to the size of each packet. Bytes may be negative.
4934 Takes an integer in the range -64…256. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.
4935 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4936
4937 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
ad8352f4 4938 </listitem>
f344a492 4939 </varlistentry>
ad8352f4
SS
4940
4941 <varlistentry>
863542e1 4942 <term><varname>MPUBytes=</varname></term>
ad8352f4 4943 <listitem>
863542e1
YW
4944 <para>Rounds each packet (including overhead) up to the specified bytes. Takes an integer in
4945 the range 1…256. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4946
4947 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
863542e1
YW
4948 </listitem>
4949 </varlistentry>
4950
b6eccfda
YW
4951 <varlistentry>
4952 <term><varname>CompensationMode=</varname></term>
4953 <listitem>
4954 <para>Takes one of <literal>none</literal>, <literal>atm</literal>, or <literal>ptm</literal>.
4955 Specifies the compensation mode for overhead calculation. When <literal>none</literal>, no
4956 compensation is taken into account. When <literal>atm</literal>, enables the compensation for
4957 ATM cell framing, which is normally found on ADSL links. When <literal>ptm</literal>, enables
4958 the compensation for PTM encoding, which is normally found on VDSL2 links and uses a 64b/65b
4959 encoding scheme. Defaults to unset and the kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4960
4961 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
b6eccfda
YW
4962 </listitem>
4963 </varlistentry>
4964
1c7a81e6
YW
4965 <varlistentry>
4966 <term><varname>UseRawPacketSize=</varname></term>
4967 <listitem>
4968 <para>Takes a boolean value. When true, the packet size reported by the Linux kernel will be
4969 used, instead of the underlying IP packet size. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default
4970 is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
4971
4972 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
1c7a81e6
YW
4973 </listitem>
4974 </varlistentry>
4975
a049cf16
YW
4976 <varlistentry>
4977 <term><varname>FlowIsolationMode=</varname></term>
4978 <listitem>
4979 <para>CAKE places packets from different flows into different queues, then packets from each
4980 queue are delivered fairly. This specifies whether the fairness is based on source address,
4981 destination address, individual flows, or any combination of those. The available values are:
4982 </para>
4983
4984 <variablelist>
4985 <varlistentry>
4986 <term><option>none</option></term>
4987 <listitem><para>
4988 The flow isolation is disabled, and all traffic passes through a single queue.
ec07c3c8
AK
4989 </para>
4990
4991 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
4992 </varlistentry>
4993 <varlistentry>
4994 <term><option>src-host</option></term>
4995 <listitem><para>
2f7a0648 4996 Flows are defined only by source address. Equivalent to the <literal>srchost</literal>
a049cf16
YW
4997 option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
4998 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
4999 </para>
5000
5001 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5002 </varlistentry>
5003 <varlistentry>
5004 <term><option>dst-host</option></term>
5005 <listitem><para>
2f7a0648 5006 Flows are defined only by destination address. Equivalent to the
d68c797c 5007 <literal>dsthost</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
a049cf16 5008 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5009 </para>
5010
5011 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5012 </varlistentry>
5013 <varlistentry>
5014 <term><option>hosts</option></term>
5015 <listitem><para>
5016 Flows are defined by source-destination host pairs. Equivalent to the same option for
5017 <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
5018 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5019 </para>
5020
5021 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5022 </varlistentry>
5023 <varlistentry>
5024 <term><option>flows</option></term>
5025 <listitem><para>
5026 Flows are defined by the entire 5-tuple of source address, destination address,
5027 transport protocol, source port and destination port. Equivalent to the same option for
5028 <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
5029 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5030 </para>
5031
5032 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5033 </varlistentry>
5034 <varlistentry>
5035 <term><option>dual-src-host</option></term>
5036 <listitem><para>
5037 Flows are defined by the 5-tuple (see <literal>flows</literal> in the above), and
2f7a0648 5038 fairness is applied first over source addresses, then over individual flows. Equivalent
a049cf16
YW
5039 to the <literal>dual-srchost</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command.
5040 See also
5041 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5042 </para>
5043
5044 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5045 </varlistentry>
5046 <varlistentry>
5047 <term><option>dual-dst-host</option></term>
5048 <listitem><para>
5049 Flows are defined by the 5-tuple (see <literal>flows</literal> in the above), and
5050 fairness is applied first over destination addresses, then over individual flows.
2f7a0648 5051 Equivalent to the <literal>dual-dsthost</literal> option for
a049cf16
YW
5052 <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
5053 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5054 </para>
5055
5056 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5057 </varlistentry>
5058 <varlistentry>
5059 <term><option>triple</option></term>
5060 <listitem><para>
5061 Flows are defined by the 5-tuple (see <literal>flows</literal>), and fairness is
5062 applied over source and destination addresses, and also over individual flows.
2f7a0648 5063 Equivalent to the <literal>triple-isolate</literal> option for
a049cf16
YW
5064 <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
5065 <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
ec07c3c8
AK
5066 </para>
5067
5068 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
a049cf16
YW
5069 </varlistentry>
5070 </variablelist>
5071
5072 <para>Defaults to unset and the kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5073
5074 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
a049cf16
YW
5075 </listitem>
5076 </varlistentry>
5077
4bff8086
YW
5078 <varlistentry>
5079 <term><varname>NAT=</varname></term>
5080 <listitem>
5081 <para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE performs a NAT lookup before applying
5082 flow-isolation rules, to determine the true addresses and port numbers of the packet, to
5083 improve fairness between hosts inside the NAT. This has no practical effect when
5084 <varname>FlowIsolationMode=</varname> is <literal>none</literal> or <literal>flows</literal>,
5085 or if NAT is performed on a different host. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is
5086 used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5087
5088 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
4bff8086
YW
5089 </listitem>
5090 </varlistentry>
5091
fe8e156e
YW
5092 <varlistentry>
5093 <term><varname>PriorityQueueingPreset=</varname></term>
5094 <listitem>
5095 <para>CAKE divides traffic into <literal>tins</literal>, and each tin has its own independent
5096 set of flow-isolation queues, bandwidth threshold, and priority. This specifies the preset of
5097 tin profiles. The available values are:</para>
5098
5099 <variablelist>
5100 <varlistentry>
5101 <term><option>besteffort</option></term>
5102 <listitem><para>
5103 Disables priority queueing by placing all traffic in one tin.
ec07c3c8
AK
5104 </para>
5105
5106 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
fe8e156e
YW
5107 </varlistentry>
5108 <varlistentry>
5109 <term><option>precedence</option></term>
5110 <listitem><para>
5111 Enables priority queueing based on the legacy interpretation of TOS
5112 <literal>Precedence</literal> field. Use of this preset on the modern Internet is
5113 firmly discouraged.
ec07c3c8
AK
5114 </para>
5115
5116 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
fe8e156e
YW
5117 </varlistentry>
5118 <varlistentry>
5119 <term><option>diffserv8</option></term>
5120 <listitem><para>
5121 Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service
5122 (<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with eight tins: Background Traffic, High
5123 Throughput, Best Effort, Video Streaming, Low Latency Transactions, Interactive Shell,
5124 Minimum Latency, and Network Control.
ec07c3c8
AK
5125 </para>
5126
5127 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
fe8e156e
YW
5128 </varlistentry>
5129 <varlistentry>
5130 <term><option>diffserv4</option></term>
5131 <listitem><para>
5132 Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service
5133 (<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with four tins: Background Traffic, Best Effort,
5134 Streaming Media, and Latency Sensitive.
ec07c3c8
AK
5135 </para>
5136
5137 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
fe8e156e
YW
5138 </varlistentry>
5139 <varlistentry>
5140 <term><option>diffserv3</option></term>
5141 <listitem><para>
5142 Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service
5143 (<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with three tins: Background Traffic, Best Effort,
5144 and Latency Sensitive.
ec07c3c8
AK
5145 </para>
5146
5147 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
fe8e156e
YW
5148 </varlistentry>
5149 </variablelist>
5150
5151 <para>Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5152
5153 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
ad8352f4
SS
5154 </listitem>
5155 </varlistentry>
fe8e156e 5156
049b66cc
YW
5157 <varlistentry>
5158 <term><varname>FirewallMark=</varname></term>
5159 <listitem>
5160 <para>Takes an integer in the range 1…4294967295. When specified, firewall-mark-based
5161 overriding of CAKE's tin selection is enabled. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is
5162 used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5163
5164 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
049b66cc
YW
5165 </listitem>
5166 </varlistentry>
5167
d05dce95
YW
5168 <varlistentry>
5169 <term><varname>Wash=</varname></term>
5170 <listitem>
5171 <para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE clears the DSCP fields, except for ECN bits, of
5172 any packet passing through CAKE. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5173
5174 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
d05dce95
YW
5175 </listitem>
5176 </varlistentry>
5177
35896db4
YW
5178 <varlistentry>
5179 <term><varname>SplitGSO=</varname></term>
5180 <listitem>
5181 <para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE will split General Segmentation Offload (GSO)
5182 super-packets into their on-the-wire components and dequeue them individually. Defaults to
5183 unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5184
5185 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
35896db4
YW
5186 </listitem>
5187 </varlistentry>
5188
3af9cd0b
YW
5189 <varlistentry>
5190 <term><varname>RTTSec=</varname></term>
5191 <listitem>
5192 <para>Specifies the RTT for the filter. Takes a timespan. Typical values are e.g. 100us for
5193 extremely high-performance 10GigE+ networks like datacentre, 1ms for non-WiFi LAN connections,
5194 100ms for typical internet connections. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.
5195 </para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5196
5197 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
3af9cd0b
YW
5198 </listitem>
5199 </varlistentry>
5200
8c920636
YW
5201 <varlistentry>
5202 <term><varname>AckFilter=</varname></term>
5203 <listitem>
5204 <para>Takes a boolean value, or special value <literal>aggressive</literal>. If enabled, ACKs in
5205 each flow are queued and redundant ACKs to the upstream are dropped. If yes, the filter will always
5206 keep at least two redundant ACKs in the queue, while in <literal>aggressive</literal> mode, it will
5207 filter down to a single ACK. This may improve download throughput on links with very asymmetrical
5208 rate limits. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5209
5210 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
8c920636
YW
5211 </listitem>
5212 </varlistentry>
5213
a7476065
SS
5214 </variablelist>
5215 </refsect1>
5216
18de0969
YW
5217 <refsect1>
5218 <title>[ControlledDelay] Section Options</title>
bdac5608 5219 <para>The [ControlledDelay] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of
18de0969 5220 controlled delay (CoDel).</para>
9942b710 5221
18de0969 5222 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5223 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5224 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 5225
18de0969
YW
5226 <varlistentry>
5227 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
a9a5d632 5228 <listitem>
e9dd6984 5229 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
69978eb9 5230 incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
e9dd6984 5231 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5232
5233 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
a9a5d632
SS
5234 </listitem>
5235 </varlistentry>
5236
b078e528 5237 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5238 <term><varname>TargetSec=</varname></term>
b078e528
YW
5239 <listitem>
5240 <para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay.
5241 Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5242
5243 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
b078e528
YW
5244 </listitem>
5245 </varlistentry>
5246
5247 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5248 <term><varname>IntervalSec=</varname></term>
b078e528
YW
5249 <listitem>
5250 <para>Takes a timespan. This is used to ensure that the measured minimum delay does not
5251 become too stale. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5252
5253 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
b078e528
YW
5254 </listitem>
5255 </varlistentry>
5256
5257 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5258 <term><varname>ECN=</varname></term>
b078e528
YW
5259 <listitem>
5260 <para>Takes a boolean. This can be used to mark packets instead of dropping them. Defaults to
5261 unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5262
5263 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
b078e528
YW
5264 </listitem>
5265 </varlistentry>
5266
5267 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5268 <term><varname>CEThresholdSec=</varname></term>
b078e528
YW
5269 <listitem>
5270 <para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN
5271 Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5272
5273 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
b078e528
YW
5274 </listitem>
5275 </varlistentry>
18de0969
YW
5276 </variablelist>
5277 </refsect1>
b078e528 5278
f5fc0441
SS
5279 <refsect1>
5280 <title>[DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5281 <para>The [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Deficit Round
5282 Robin Scheduler (DRR).</para>
f5fc0441
SS
5283
5284 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5285 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5286 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
f5fc0441
SS
5287 </variablelist>
5288 </refsect1>
5289
ad365c5d
YW
5290 <refsect1>
5291 <title>[DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5292 <para>The [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass] section manages the traffic control class of Deficit Round
5293 Robin Scheduler (DRR).</para>
ad365c5d
YW
5294
5295 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5296 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-parent" />
5297 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-classid" />
ad365c5d
YW
5298
5299 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5300 <term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
ad365c5d 5301 <listitem>
c03ef420
YW
5302 <para>Specifies the amount of bytes a flow is allowed to dequeue before the scheduler moves
5303 to the next class. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
5304 Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to the MTU of the
5305 interface.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5306
5307 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
ad365c5d
YW
5308 </listitem>
5309 </varlistentry>
5310
5311 </variablelist>
5312 </refsect1>
5313
d474aa51
YW
5314 <refsect1>
5315 <title>[EnhancedTransmissionSelection] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5316 <para>The [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Enhanced
5317 Transmission Selection (ETS).</para>
d474aa51
YW
5318
5319 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
5320 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5321 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
5322
5323 <varlistentry>
5324 <term><varname>Bands=</varname></term>
5325 <listitem>
69978eb9 5326 <para>Specifies the number of bands. An unsigned integer in the range 1…16. This value has to be at
e9dd6984
ZJS
5327 least large enough to cover the strict bands specified through the <varname>StrictBands=</varname>
5328 and bandwidth-sharing bands specified in <varname>QuantumBytes=</varname>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5329
5330 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d474aa51
YW
5331 </listitem>
5332 </varlistentry>
5333
5334 <varlistentry>
5335 <term><varname>StrictBands=</varname></term>
5336 <listitem>
e9dd6984 5337 <para>Specifies the number of bands that should be created in strict mode. An unsigned integer in
69978eb9 5338 the range 1…16.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5339
5340 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d474aa51
YW
5341 </listitem>
5342 </varlistentry>
5343
5344 <varlistentry>
5345 <term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
5346 <listitem>
5347 <para>Specifies the white-space separated list of quantum used in band-sharing bands. When
5348 suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
5349 respectively, to the base of 1024. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty
5350 string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5351
5352 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d474aa51
YW
5353 </listitem>
5354 </varlistentry>
5355
5356 <varlistentry>
5357 <term><varname>PriorityMap=</varname></term>
5358 <listitem>
885a4e6c
ZJS
5359 <para>The priority map maps the priority of a packet to a band. The argument is a whitespace
5360 separated list of numbers. The first number indicates which band the packets with priority 0 should
5361 be put to, the second is for priority 1, and so on. There can be up to 16 numbers in the list. If
5362 there are fewer, the default band that traffic with one of the unmentioned priorities goes to is
1d3a473b 5363 the last one. Each band number must be in the range 0…255. This setting can be specified multiple
885a4e6c 5364 times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5365
5366 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d474aa51
YW
5367 </listitem>
5368 </varlistentry>
5369 </variablelist>
5370 </refsect1>
5371
609e8340
SS
5372 <refsect1>
5373 <title>[GenericRandomEarlyDetection] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5374 <para>The [GenericRandomEarlyDetection] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Generic Random
5375 Early Detection (GRED).</para>
609e8340
SS
5376
5377 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5378 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5379 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
609e8340
SS
5380
5381 <varlistentry>
5382 <term><varname>VirtualQueues=</varname></term>
5383 <listitem>
387f6955 5384 <para>Specifies the number of virtual queues. Takes an integer in the range 1…16. Defaults to unset
1d3a473b 5385 and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5386
5387 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
609e8340
SS
5388 </listitem>
5389 </varlistentry>
5390
5391 <varlistentry>
5392 <term><varname>DefaultVirtualQueue=</varname></term>
5393 <listitem>
5394 <para>Specifies the number of default virtual queue. This must be less than <varname>VirtualQueue=</varname>.
5395 Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5396
5397 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
609e8340
SS
5398 </listitem>
5399 </varlistentry>
5400
5401 <varlistentry>
5402 <term><varname>GenericRIO=</varname></term>
5403 <listitem>
5404 <para>Takes a boolean. It turns on the RIO-like buffering scheme. Defaults to
5405 unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5406
5407 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
609e8340
SS
5408 </listitem>
5409 </varlistentry>
5410 </variablelist>
5411 </refsect1>
5412
18de0969
YW
5413 <refsect1>
5414 <title>[FairQueueingControlledDelay] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5415 <para>The [FairQueueingControlledDelay] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of fair queuing
5416 controlled delay (FQ-CoDel).</para>
18de0969
YW
5417
5418 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5419 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5420 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 5421
18de0969
YW
5422 <varlistentry>
5423 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
4e5ef149
SS
5424 <listitem>
5425 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are
5426 dropped. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5427
5428 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
4e5ef149
SS
5429 </listitem>
5430 </varlistentry>
5431
ac810b75 5432 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5433 <term><varname>MemoryLimitBytes=</varname></term>
ac810b75
YW
5434 <listitem>
5435 <para>Specifies the limit on the total number of bytes that can be queued in this FQ-CoDel instance.
5436 When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
5437 respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5438
5439 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
ac810b75
YW
5440 </listitem>
5441 </varlistentry>
5442
5443 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5444 <term><varname>Flows=</varname></term>
ac810b75
YW
5445 <listitem>
5446 <para>Specifies the number of flows into which the incoming packets are classified.
5447 Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5448
5449 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ac810b75
YW
5450 </listitem>
5451 </varlistentry>
5452
5453 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5454 <term><varname>TargetSec=</varname></term>
ac810b75
YW
5455 <listitem>
5456 <para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay.
5457 Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5458
5459 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ac810b75
YW
5460 </listitem>
5461 </varlistentry>
5462
5463 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5464 <term><varname>IntervalSec=</varname></term>
ac810b75
YW
5465 <listitem>
5466 <para>Takes a timespan. This is used to ensure that the measured minimum delay does not
5467 become too stale. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5468
5469 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ac810b75
YW
5470 </listitem>
5471 </varlistentry>
5472
5473 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5474 <term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
ac810b75 5475 <listitem>
e9dd6984 5476 <para>Specifies the number of bytes used as the "deficit" in the fair queuing algorithm timespan.
ac810b75
YW
5477 When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
5478 respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5479
5480 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
ac810b75
YW
5481 </listitem>
5482 </varlistentry>
5483
5484 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5485 <term><varname>ECN=</varname></term>
ac810b75
YW
5486 <listitem>
5487 <para>Takes a boolean. This can be used to mark packets instead of dropping them. Defaults to
5488 unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5489
5490 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ac810b75
YW
5491 </listitem>
5492 </varlistentry>
5493
5494 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5495 <term><varname>CEThresholdSec=</varname></term>
ac810b75
YW
5496 <listitem>
5497 <para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN
5498 Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5499
5500 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
ac810b75
YW
5501 </listitem>
5502 </varlistentry>
18de0969
YW
5503 </variablelist>
5504 </refsect1>
5505
5506 <refsect1>
ca58d00c 5507 <title>[FairQueueing] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5508 <para>The [FairQueueing] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of fair queue traffic policing
5509 (FQ).</para>
18de0969
YW
5510
5511 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5512 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5513 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 5514
7234b915 5515 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5516 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
7234b915
SS
5517 <listitem>
5518 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are
5519 dropped. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5520
5521 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
7234b915
SS
5522 </listitem>
5523 </varlistentry>
5524
e83562e5 5525 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5526 <term><varname>FlowLimit=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5527 <listitem>
5528 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the maximum number of packets queued per flow. Defaults to
5529 unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5530
5531 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5532 </listitem>
5533 </varlistentry>
5534
5535 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5536 <term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5537 <listitem>
5538 <para>Specifies the credit per dequeue RR round, i.e. the amount of bytes a flow is allowed
5539 to dequeue at once. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
5540 Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's
5541 default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5542
5543 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
e83562e5
YW
5544 </listitem>
5545 </varlistentry>
5546
5547 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5548 <term><varname>InitialQuantumBytes=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5549 <listitem>
5550 <para>Specifies the initial sending rate credit, i.e. the amount of bytes a new flow is
5551 allowed to dequeue initially. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as
5552 Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and
5553 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8 5554
aefdc112 5555 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5556 </listitem>
5557 </varlistentry>
5558
5559 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5560 <term><varname>MaximumRate=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5561 <listitem>
5562 <para>Specifies the maximum sending rate of a flow. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
6b8fe4c3 5563 specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of
e83562e5 5564 1000. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5565
5566 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5567 </listitem>
5568 </varlistentry>
5569
5570 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5571 <term><varname>Buckets=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5572 <listitem>
5573 <para>Specifies the size of the hash table used for flow lookups. Defaults to unset and
5574 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5575
5576 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5577 </listitem>
5578 </varlistentry>
5579
5580 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5581 <term><varname>OrphanMask=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5582 <listitem>
5583 <para>Takes an unsigned integer. For packets not owned by a socket, fq is able to mask a part
5584 of hash and reduce number of buckets associated with the traffic. Defaults to unset and
5585 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5586
5587 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5588 </listitem>
5589 </varlistentry>
5590
5591 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5592 <term><varname>Pacing=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5593 <listitem>
5594 <para>Takes a boolean, and enables or disables flow pacing. Defaults to unset and kernel's
5595 default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5596
5597 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5598 </listitem>
5599 </varlistentry>
5600
5601 <varlistentry>
18de0969 5602 <term><varname>CEThresholdSec=</varname></term>
e83562e5
YW
5603 <listitem>
5604 <para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN
5605 Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5606
5607 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
e83562e5
YW
5608 </listitem>
5609 </varlistentry>
0f5bd7fe
SS
5610 </variablelist>
5611 </refsect1>
5612
9b749c11
YW
5613 <refsect1>
5614 <title>[TrivialLinkEqualizer] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5615 <para>The [TrivialLinkEqualizer] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of trivial link
5616 equalizer (teql).</para>
9b749c11
YW
5617
5618 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5619 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5620 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
d8b2396d 5621
9b749c11
YW
5622 <varlistentry>
5623 <term><varname>Id=</varname></term>
5624 <listitem>
5625 <para>Specifies the interface ID <literal>N</literal> of teql. Defaults to <literal>0</literal>.
5626 Note that when teql is used, currently, the module <constant>sch_teql</constant> with
5627 <constant>max_equalizers=N+1</constant> option must be loaded before
5628 <command>systemd-networkd</command> is started.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5629
5630 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
9b749c11
YW
5631 </listitem>
5632 </varlistentry>
5633 </variablelist>
5634 </refsect1>
5635
b934ac3d
YW
5636 <refsect1>
5637 <title>[HierarchyTokenBucket] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5638 <para>The [HierarchyTokenBucket] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of hierarchy token
5639 bucket (htb).</para>
b934ac3d
YW
5640
5641 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5642 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5643 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
b934ac3d
YW
5644
5645 <varlistentry>
5646 <term><varname>DefaultClass=</varname></term>
5647 <listitem>
5648 <para>Takes the minor id in hexadecimal of the default class. Unclassified traffic gets sent
5649 to the class. Defaults to unset.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5650
5651 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
b934ac3d
YW
5652 </listitem>
5653 </varlistentry>
d9eacc1c
YW
5654
5655 <varlistentry>
5656 <term><varname>RateToQuantum=</varname></term>
5657 <listitem>
5658 <para>Takes an unsigned integer. The DRR quantums are calculated by dividing the value
5659 configured in <varname>Rate=</varname> by <varname>RateToQuantum=</varname>.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5660
5661 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d9eacc1c
YW
5662 </listitem>
5663 </varlistentry>
b934ac3d
YW
5664 </variablelist>
5665 </refsect1>
5666
19f86a63
YW
5667 <refsect1>
5668 <title>[HierarchyTokenBucketClass] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5669 <para>The [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] section manages the traffic control class of hierarchy token bucket
5670 (htb).</para>
19f86a63
YW
5671
5672 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5673 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-parent" />
5674 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-classid" />
19f86a63
YW
5675
5676 <varlistentry>
5677 <term><varname>Priority=</varname></term>
5678 <listitem>
5679 <para>Specifies the priority of the class. In the round-robin process, classes with the lowest
d9eacc1c 5680 priority field are tried for packets first.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5681
5682 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d9eacc1c
YW
5683 </listitem>
5684 </varlistentry>
5685
5686 <varlistentry>
5687 <term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
5688 <listitem>
5689 <para>Specifies how many bytes to serve from leaf at once. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
5690 specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of
5691 1024.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5692
5693 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d9eacc1c
YW
5694 </listitem>
5695 </varlistentry>
5696
5697 <varlistentry>
5698 <term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
5699 <listitem>
5700 <para>Specifies the maximum packet size we create. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified
5701 size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5702
5703 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d9eacc1c
YW
5704 </listitem>
5705 </varlistentry>
5706
5707 <varlistentry>
5708 <term><varname>OverheadBytes=</varname></term>
5709 <listitem>
5710 <para>Takes an unsigned integer which specifies per-packet size overhead used in rate
5711 computations. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
5712 Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5713
5714 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
19f86a63
YW
5715 </listitem>
5716 </varlistentry>
5717
5718 <varlistentry>
5719 <term><varname>Rate=</varname></term>
5720 <listitem>
5721 <para>Specifies the maximum rate this class and all its children are guaranteed. When suffixed
5722 with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively,
5723 to the base of 1000. This setting is mandatory.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5724
5725 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
19f86a63
YW
5726 </listitem>
5727 </varlistentry>
5728
5729 <varlistentry>
5730 <term><varname>CeilRate=</varname></term>
5731 <listitem>
5732 <para>Specifies the maximum rate at which a class can send, if its parent has bandwidth to spare.
5733 When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits,
5734 respectively, to the base of 1000. When unset, the value specified with <varname>Rate=</varname>
5735 is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5736
5737 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
19f86a63
YW
5738 </listitem>
5739 </varlistentry>
d9eacc1c
YW
5740
5741 <varlistentry>
5742 <term><varname>BufferBytes=</varname></term>
5743 <listitem>
5744 <para>Specifies the maximum bytes burst which can be accumulated during idle period. When suffixed
5745 with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively,
5746 to the base of 1024.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5747
5748 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d9eacc1c
YW
5749 </listitem>
5750 </varlistentry>
5751
5752 <varlistentry>
5753 <term><varname>CeilBufferBytes=</varname></term>
5754 <listitem>
5755 <para>Specifies the maximum bytes burst for ceil which can be accumulated during idle period.
5756 When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
5757 respectively, to the base of 1024.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5758
5759 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
d9eacc1c
YW
5760 </listitem>
5761 </varlistentry>
7f224020
SS
5762 </variablelist>
5763 </refsect1>
5764
5765 <refsect1>
5766 <title>[HeavyHitterFilter] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5767 <para>The [HeavyHitterFilter] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Heavy Hitter Filter
5768 (hhf).</para>
7f224020
SS
5769
5770 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
f344a492
YW
5771 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5772 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
19f86a63 5773
7f224020
SS
5774 <varlistentry>
5775 <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
5776 <listitem>
e9dd6984 5777 <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
69978eb9 5778 incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
e9dd6984 5779 kernel's default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5780
5781 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
7f224020
SS
5782 </listitem>
5783 </varlistentry>
19f86a63
YW
5784 </variablelist>
5785 </refsect1>
5786
b12aaee5
SS
5787 <refsect1>
5788 <title>[QuickFairQueueing] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5789 <para>The [QuickFairQueueing] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Quick Fair Queueing
5790 (QFQ).</para>
b12aaee5
SS
5791
5792 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
5793 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
5794 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
5795 </variablelist>
5796 </refsect1>
5797
4d7ddaf9
YW
5798 <refsect1>
5799 <title>[QuickFairQueueingClass] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5800 <para>The [QuickFairQueueingClass] section manages the traffic control class of Quick Fair Queueing
5801 (qfq).</para>
4d7ddaf9
YW
5802
5803 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
5804 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-parent" />
5805 <xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-classid" />
5806
5807 <varlistentry>
5808 <term><varname>Weight=</varname></term>
5809 <listitem>
1d3a473b 5810 <para>Specifies the weight of the class. Takes an integer in the range 1…1023. Defaults to
4d7ddaf9 5811 unset in which case the kernel default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5812
5813 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
4d7ddaf9
YW
5814 </listitem>
5815 </varlistentry>
5816
5817 <varlistentry>
c03ef420 5818 <term><varname>MaxPacketBytes=</varname></term>
4d7ddaf9 5819 <listitem>
75909cc7
ZJS
5820 <para>Specifies the maximum packet size in bytes for the class. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
5821 specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of
5822 1024. When unset, the kernel default is used.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5823
5824 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
4d7ddaf9
YW
5825 </listitem>
5826 </varlistentry>
5827 </variablelist>
5828 </refsect1>
5829
13b498f9
TJ
5830 <refsect1>
5831 <title>[BridgeVLAN] Section Options</title>
bdac5608
ZJS
5832 <para>The [BridgeVLAN] section manages the VLAN ID configuration of a bridge port and accepts the
5833 following keys. Specify several [BridgeVLAN] sections to configure several VLAN entries. The
5834 <varname>VLANFiltering=</varname> option has to be enabled, see the [Bridge] section in
13b498f9
TJ
5835 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
5836
5837 <variablelist class='network-directives'>
5838 <varlistentry>
5839 <term><varname>VLAN=</varname></term>
5840 <listitem>
69978eb9
YW
5841 <para>The VLAN ID allowed on the port. This can be either a single ID or a range M-N. Takes
5842 an integer in the range 1…4094.</para>
aefdc112
AK
5843
5844 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
13b498f9
TJ
5845 </listitem>
5846 </varlistentry>
5847 <varlistentry>
5848 <term><varname>EgressUntagged=</varname></term>
5849 <listitem>
5850 <para>The VLAN ID specified here will be used to untag frames on egress. Configuring
5851 <varname>EgressUntagged=</varname> implicates the use of <varname>VLAN=</varname> above and will enable the
5852 VLAN ID for ingress as well. This can be either a single ID or a range M-N.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5853
5854 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
13b498f9
TJ
5855 </listitem>
5856 </varlistentry>
5857 <varlistentry>
5858 <term><varname>PVID=</varname></term>
5859 <listitem>
5860 <para>The Port VLAN ID specified here is assigned to all untagged frames at ingress.
5861 <varname>PVID=</varname> can be used only once. Configuring <varname>PVID=</varname> implicates the use of
5862 <varname>VLAN=</varname> above and will enable the VLAN ID for ingress as well.</para>
ec07c3c8
AK
5863
5864 <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
13b498f9
TJ
5865 </listitem>
5866 </varlistentry>
5867 </variablelist>
5868 </refsect1>
798d3a52
ZJS
5869
5870 <refsect1>
9e35b3de 5871 <title>Examples</title>
798d3a52 5872 <example>
9e35b3de 5873 <title>Static network configuration</title>
798d3a52 5874
9e35b3de
ZJS
5875 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/50-static.network
5876[Match]
eac684ef
TG
5877Name=enp2s0
5878
5879[Network]
5880Address=192.168.0.15/24
5881Gateway=192.168.0.1</programlisting>
9e35b3de
ZJS
5882
5883 <para>This brings interface <literal>enp2s0</literal> up with a static address. The
5884 specified gateway will be used for a default route.</para>
798d3a52 5885 </example>
eac684ef 5886
798d3a52 5887 <example>
9e35b3de 5888 <title>DHCP on ethernet links</title>
eac684ef 5889
9e35b3de
ZJS
5890 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/80-dhcp.network
5891[Match]
eac684ef
TG
5892Name=en*
5893
5894[Network]
9c8ca3f7 5895DHCP=yes</programlisting>
9e35b3de
ZJS
5896
5897 <para>This will enable DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 on all interfaces with names starting with
5898 <literal>en</literal> (i.e. ethernet interfaces).</para>
798d3a52 5899 </example>
eac684ef 5900
4c94a4c2 5901 <example>
d4579825 5902 <title>IPv6 Prefix Delegation (DHCPv6 PD)</title>
4c94a4c2 5903
d4579825 5904 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv6-pd-upstream.network
4c94a4c2 5905[Match]
5906Name=enp1s0
5907
5908[Network]
d4579825 5909DHCP=ipv6
4c94a4c2 5910
d4579825
YW
5911# The below setting is optional, to also assign an address in the delegated prefix
5912# to the upstream interface. If not necessary, then comment out the line below and
5913# the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section.
5914DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes
5915
5916# If the upstream network provides Router Advertisement with Managed bit set,
5917# then comment out the line below and WithoutRA= setting in the [DHCPv6] section.
5918IPv6AcceptRA=no
5919
5920[DHCPv6]
5921WithoutRA=solicit
5922
5923[DHCPPrefixDelegation]
5924UplinkInterface=:self
5925SubnetId=0
5926Announce=no</programlisting>
5927
5928 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv6-pd-downstream.network
4c94a4c2 5929[Match]
5930Name=enp2s0
5931
5932[Network]
d4579825 5933DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes
e5ff2245 5934IPv6SendRA=yes
d4579825
YW
5935
5936# It is expected that the host is acting as a router. So, usually it is not
5937# necessary to receive Router Advertisement from other hosts in the downstream network.
5938IPv6AcceptRA=no
5939
5940[DHCPPrefixDelegation]
5941UplinkInterface=enp1s0
5942SubnetId=1
5943Announce=yes</programlisting>
4c94a4c2 5944
e5ff2245
YW
5945 <para>This will enable DHCPv6-PD on the interface enp1s0 as an upstream interface where the
5946 DHCPv6 client is running and enp2s0 as a downstream interface where the prefix is delegated to.
5947 The delegated prefixes are distributed by IPv6 Router Advertisement on the downstream network.
5948 </para>
4c94a4c2 5949 </example>
5950
d4579825
YW
5951 <example>
5952 <title>IPv6 Prefix Delegation (DHCPv4 6RD)</title>
5953
5954 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv4-6rd-upstream.network
5955[Match]
5956Name=enp1s0
5957
5958[Network]
5959DHCP=ipv4
5960
5961# When DHCPv4-6RD is used, the upstream network does not support IPv6.
5962# Hence, it is not necessary to wait for Router Advertisement, which is enabled by default.
5963IPv6AcceptRA=no
5964
5965[DHCPv4]
5966Use6RD=yes</programlisting>
5967
5968 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv4-6rd-downstream.network
5969[Match]
5970Name=enp2s0
5971
5972[Network]
5973DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes
5974IPv6SendRA=yes
5975
5976# It is expected that the host is acting as a router. So, usually it is not
5977# necessary to receive Router Advertisement from other hosts in the downstream network.
5978IPv6AcceptRA=no
5979
5980[DHCPPrefixDelegation]
5981UplinkInterface=enp1s0
5982SubnetId=1
5983Announce=yes</programlisting>
5984
5985 <para>This will enable DHCPv4-6RD on the interface enp1s0 as an upstream interface where the
5986 DHCPv4 client is running and enp2s0 as a downstream interface where the prefix is delegated to.
5987 The delegated prefixes are distributed by IPv6 Router Advertisement on the downstream network.
5988 </para>
5989 </example>
5990
798d3a52 5991 <example>
9e35b3de 5992 <title>A bridge with two enslaved links</title>
f47c5c47 5993
bc33789a
JB
5994 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-static.netdev
5995[NetDev]
5996Name=bridge0
5997Kind=bridge</programlisting>
5998
9e35b3de
ZJS
5999 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-static.network
6000[Match]
f47c5c47 6001Name=bridge0
6002
6003[Network]
6004Address=192.168.0.15/24
6005Gateway=192.168.0.1
6006DNS=192.168.0.1</programlisting>
f47c5c47 6007
9e35b3de
ZJS
6008 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-slave-interface-1.network
6009[Match]
f47c5c47 6010Name=enp2s0
6011
6012[Network]
6013Bridge=bridge0</programlisting>
9e35b3de
ZJS
6014
6015 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-slave-interface-2.network
6016[Match]
6017Name=wlp3s0
6018
6019[Network]
6020Bridge=bridge0</programlisting>
6021
6022 <para>This creates a bridge and attaches devices <literal>enp2s0</literal> and
6023 <literal>wlp3s0</literal> to it. The bridge will have the specified static address
6024 and network assigned, and a default route via the specified gateway will be
6025 added. The specified DNS server will be added to the global list of DNS resolvers.
6026 </para>
13b498f9 6027 </example>
9e35b3de 6028
13b498f9 6029 <example>
55ac274e 6030 <title>Bridge port with VLAN forwarding</title>
13b498f9 6031
9e35b3de 6032 <programlisting>
55ac274e 6033# /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-slave-interface-1.network
9e35b3de 6034[Match]
13b498f9
TJ
6035Name=enp2s0
6036
6037[Network]
6038Bridge=bridge0
6039
6040[BridgeVLAN]
6041VLAN=1-32
6042PVID=42
6043EgressUntagged=42
6044
6045[BridgeVLAN]
6046VLAN=100-200
6047
6048[BridgeVLAN]
6049EgressUntagged=300-400</programlisting>
0a8a0fad 6050
9e35b3de
ZJS
6051 <para>This overrides the configuration specified in the previous example for the
6052 interface <literal>enp2s0</literal>, and enables VLAN on that bridge port. VLAN IDs
6053 1-32, 42, 100-400 will be allowed. Packets tagged with VLAN IDs 42, 300-400 will be
6054 untagged when they leave on this interface. Untagged packets which arrive on this
6055 interface will be assigned VLAN ID 42.</para>
798d3a52 6056 </example>
0a8a0fad 6057
798d3a52 6058 <example>
9e35b3de 6059 <title>Various tunnels</title>
0a8a0fad 6060
9e35b3de
ZJS
6061 <programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnels.network
6062[Match]
6063Name=ens1
0a8a0fad
TG
6064
6065[Network]
9e35b3de
ZJS
6066Tunnel=ipip-tun
6067Tunnel=sit-tun
6068Tunnel=gre-tun
6069Tunnel=vti-tun
6070 </programlisting>
6071
6072 <programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-ipip.netdev
6073[NetDev]
6074Name=ipip-tun
6075Kind=ipip
6076 </programlisting>
6077
6078 <programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-sit.netdev
6079[NetDev]
6080Name=sit-tun
6081Kind=sit
6082 </programlisting>
6083
6084 <programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-gre.netdev
6085[NetDev]
6086Name=gre-tun
6087Kind=gre
6088 </programlisting>
6089
6090 <programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-vti.netdev
6091[NetDev]
6092Name=vti-tun
6093Kind=vti
6094 </programlisting>
6095
6096 <para>This will bring interface <literal>ens1</literal> up and create an IPIP tunnel,
6097 a SIT tunnel, a GRE tunnel, and a VTI tunnel using it.</para>
798d3a52 6098 </example>
0a8a0fad 6099
798d3a52 6100 <example>
9e35b3de 6101 <title>A bond device</title>
0a8a0fad 6102
9e35b3de
ZJS
6103 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1.network
6104[Match]
6105Name=bond1
0a8a0fad
TG
6106
6107[Network]
9e35b3de
ZJS
6108DHCP=ipv6
6109</programlisting>
0a8a0fad 6110
9e35b3de
ZJS
6111 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1.netdev
6112[NetDev]
6113Name=bond1
6114Kind=bond
6115</programlisting>
0a8a0fad 6116
301a21a8 6117 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1-dev1.network
9e35b3de
ZJS
6118[Match]
6119MACAddress=52:54:00:e9:64:41
0a8a0fad
TG
6120
6121[Network]
9e35b3de
ZJS
6122Bond=bond1
6123</programlisting>
d94facdc 6124
301a21a8 6125 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1-dev2.network
9e35b3de
ZJS
6126[Match]
6127MACAddress=52:54:00:e9:64:42
d94facdc
MH
6128
6129[Network]
9e35b3de 6130Bond=bond1
6cb955c6 6131</programlisting>
9e35b3de
ZJS
6132
6133 <para>This will create a bond device <literal>bond1</literal> and enslave the two
6134 devices with MAC addresses 52:54:00:e9:64:41 and 52:54:00:e9:64:42 to it. IPv6 DHCP
6135 will be used to acquire an address.</para>
6cb955c6
AR
6136 </example>
6137
6138 <example>
9e35b3de
ZJS
6139 <title>Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)</title>
6140 <para>Add the <literal>bond1</literal> interface to the VRF master interface
6141 <literal>vrf1</literal>. This will redirect routes generated on this interface to be
11d38b90
AR
6142 within the routing table defined during VRF creation. For kernels before 4.8 traffic
6143 won't be redirected towards the VRFs routing table unless specific ip-rules are added.
6144 </para>
9e35b3de
ZJS
6145 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-vrf.network
6146[Match]
6cb955c6
AR
6147Name=bond1
6148
6149[Network]
9e35b3de 6150VRF=vrf1
d94facdc
MH
6151</programlisting>
6152 </example>
6153
42125eda
SS
6154 <example>
6155 <title>MacVTap</title>
6156 <para>This brings up a network interface <literal>macvtap-test</literal>
6157 and attaches it to <literal>enp0s25</literal>.</para>
83ddf5d3 6158 <programlisting># /usr/lib/systemd/network/25-macvtap.network
42125eda
SS
6159[Match]
6160Name=enp0s25
6161
6162[Network]
6163MACVTAP=macvtap-test
6164</programlisting>
6165 </example>
98d20a17 6166
6167 <example>
6168 <title>A Xfrm interface with physical underlying device.</title>
6169
6170 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/27-xfrm.netdev
6171[NetDev]
6172Name=xfrm0
0d03e672 6173Kind=xfrm
98d20a17 6174
6175[Xfrm]
6176InterfaceId=7</programlisting>
6177
6178 <programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/27-eth0.network
6179[Match]
6180Name=eth0
6181
6182[Network]
6183Xfrm=xfrm0</programlisting>
6184
6185 <para>This creates a <literal>xfrm0</literal> interface and binds it to the <literal>eth0</literal> device.
6186 This allows hardware based ipsec offloading to the <literal>eth0</literal> nic.
6187 If offloading is not needed, xfrm interfaces can be assigned to the <literal>lo</literal> device.
6188 </para>
6189 </example>
798d3a52
ZJS
6190 </refsect1>
6191
6192 <refsect1>
6193 <title>See Also</title>
6194 <para>
6195 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
f41b446a 6196 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
798d3a52 6197 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.link</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
aaa297d4 6198 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
cc9b6bdc 6199 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-network-generator.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
aaa297d4 6200 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
798d3a52
ZJS
6201 </para>
6202 </refsect1>
eac684ef
TG
6203
6204</refentry>